advertisement
ESIM384
GSM ALARM AND MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Installation Manual v1.5
Valid for ESIM384 FW v01.00 and up
Safety instructions
Please read and follow these safety guidelines in order to maintain safety of operators and people around:
• GSM alarm & management system ESIM384 (also referenced as “alarm system”, “system” or “device”) has radio transceiver operating in
GSM 850/900/1800/1900 bands.
• DO NOT use the system where it can be interfere with other devices and cause any potential danger.
• DO NOT use the system with medical devices.
• DO NOT use the system in hazardous environment.
• DO NOT expose the system to high humidity, chemical environment or mechanical impacts.
• DO NOT attempt to personally repair the system.
• System label is on the bottom side of the device.
GSM alarm system ESIM384 is a device mounted in limited access areas. Any system repairs must be done only by qualified, safety aware personnel.
The system must be powered by main 16-24V ~50/60 Hz1.5A max or 18-24V 1,5A max power supply which must be approved by LST EN 60950-1 standard and be easily accessible nearby the device. When connecting the power supply to the system, switching the pole terminals places does not have any affect.
Any additional devices linked to the system ESIM384 (computer, sensors, relays etc.) must be approved by LST EN 60950-1 standard.
The power supply can be connected to AC mains only inside installation room with automatic 2-pole circuit breaker capable of disconnecting circuit in the event of short circuit or over-current condition. Open circuit breaker must have a gap between connections of more than 3mm (0.12in) and the disconnection current 5A.
Phase
Null
PE
AC/DC
AC 230V
50/60Hz/DC 24V
USB cable
ESIM384
Mains power and backup battery must be disconnected before any installation or tuning work starts. The system installation or maintenance must not be done during stormy conditions
Backup battery must be connected via the connection which in the case of breaking would result in disconnection of one of battery pole terminals. Special care must be taken when connecting positive and negative battery terminals. Switching the pole terminals places is NOT allowed.
In order to avoid fire or explosion hazards the system must be used only with approved backup battery.
The device is fully turned off by disconnecting 2-pole switch off device of the main power supply and disconnecting backup battery connector.
Fuse F1 type – Slow Blown 2A. Replacement fuses have to be exactly the same as indicated by the manufacturer.
If you use I security class computer for setting the parameters it must be connected to earth.
22 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
Contents
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN 33
44 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN 55
TERMS OF USE
The following terms and conditions govern use of the ESIM384 device and contains important information on limitations regarding the product’s use and function, as well as information on the limitations of the manufacturer’s liability. Please carefully read these terms and conditions. For more information on your product, please visit www.eldesalarms.com
TECHNICAL SUPPORT
In order to ensure continuous and proper operation of the ESIM384 device and uninterrupted service, it is the responsibility of the User to make sure that: (I) the product is properly installed, and (II) there is constant internet or GSM connection and electrical supply (low battery must be replaced in time).
If you experience difficulty during the installation or subsequent use of the system, you may contact ELDES, UAB distributor or dealer in your country/region. For more information see www.eldesalarms.com
WARRANTY PROCEDURES
Warranty and out of warranty service should be obtained by contacting the system integrator/dealer/retailer/e-tailer or distributor where the customer purchased the product. When requesting for service, the proof of purchase and the product serial number must be provided.
The return of the defective product should be strictly through the original route of purchase, and the customers shall pack the product appropriately to prevent the returned product from suffering in the transportation.
MANUFACTURER WARRANTY
ELDES provides a limited warranty for its products only to the person or entity that originally purchased the product from ELDES or its authorized distributor or retailer and only in case of defective workmanship and materials under normal use of the system for a period of twenty four (24) months from the date of shipment by the ELDES, UAB (Warranty Period). Warranty obligations do not cover expandable materials (power elements and/or batteries), holders and enclosures. The warranty remains valid only if the system is used as intended, following all guidelines outlined in this manual and in accordance with the operating conditions specified. The warranty is void if the system has been exposed to mechanical impact, chemicals, high humidity, fluids, corrosive and hazardous environments or force majeure factors.
If a hardware defect arises and a valid claim is received within the Warranty Period, at its own discretion, ELDES, UAB will either (a) repair a hardware defect at no charge, using new or refurbished replacement parts, or (b) exchange the product with a product that is new or which has been manufactured from new or serviceable used parts and is at least functionally equivalent to the original product, or (c) refund the purchase price of the product.
LIMITED LIABILITY
The buyer must agree that the system will reduce the risk of theft, burglary or other dangers but does not provide guarantee against such events. ELDES, UAB will not assume any responsibility regarding personal or property, or revenue loss while using the system. ELDES, UAB is not affiliated with any of the Internet providers, therefore, it shall not responsible for the quality of Internet service.
ELDES, UAB shall also assume no liability due to direct or indirect damage or loss, as well as unreceived income when using the system, including cases, when the damages arise due to the above mentioned risks, when due to breakdown or malfunction the user is not informed in a timely manner about a risk which has arisen. In any case, the liability of ELDES, UAB, as much as it is allowed by the laws in force, shall not exceed the price of acquisition of the product.
CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS
FOR CONSUMERS WHO ARE COVERED BY CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS OR REGULATIONS IN THEIR COUNTRY OF PURCHASE OR, IF DIF-
FERENT, THEIR COUNTRY OF RESIDENCE, THE BENEFITS CONFERRED BY THIS WARRANTY ARE IN ADDITION TO ALL RIGHTS AND
REMEDIES CONVEYED BY SUCH CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS AND REGULATIONS. This warranty grants upon you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights that vary by country, state or province.
DISPOSAL AND RECYCLING INFORMATION
The WEEE (Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment) marking on this product (see left) or its documentation indicates that the product must not be disposed of together with household waste. To prevent possible harm to human health and/or the environment, the product must be disposed on in an approved and environmentally safe recycling process. For further information on how to dispose of this product correctly, contact the system supplier, or the local authority responsible for waste disposal in your area.
66 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
Content of Pack
Item Quantity
1. ESIM384.......................... ...................................1
2. SMA antenna..................... ................................2
3. Back-up battery connection wire ..................1
3. User manual................ .......................................1
Item Quantity
5. Resistors 5,6kΩ.......... .......................................16
6. Resistors 3,3kΩ................ .................................16
7. Plastic standoffs......... ......................................4
These following components are optional (sold separately) and are not included in device’s Content of Pack:
Buzzer.
About Installation Manual
This document describes detailed installation and operation process of alarm system ESIM384. It is very important to read the installation manual before starting to use the system.
Copyright © ELDES, UAB, 2019. All rights reserved
It is strictly forbidden to copy and distribute the information contained in this document or to pass thereof to a third party without an a priori written authorization obtained from ELDES, UAB. ELDES, UAB reserves the right to update or modify this document and/or related products without an a priori warning. ELDES, UAB hereby declares that
GSM alarm and management system ESIM384 is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of the Directive 1999/5/EC. The declaration of conformity is available at www.eldesalarms.com.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN 77
1. GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1. Functionality
ESIM384 – micro-controller based alarm system for houses, cottages, country homes, garages and other buildings, also capable of managing electrical appliances via cellular GSM/GPRS network. It can also be used as Intercom system.
Examples of using the system:
• Property security.
• Alarm switch.
• Thermostat, heating and air-conditioner control, temperature monitoring.
1.2. Compatible Device Overview
• Lighting, garden watering, water pump and other electrical equipment control via SMS text messages.
• Mains power status notification by SMS text message.
Device
EKB2 LCD keypad
Wired Devices
Description
EKB3
EPGM1
LED keypad
16 zone and 2 PGM output expansion module
ELAN3-ALARM Ethernet communicator
EPGM8 8 PGM output expansion module
4*
Max. Connectible Devices
1
1
4*
2
EW2
Device
EWP2
EWP3
EWD2
EWD3
EWK2***
EWS3
EWK2A***
EWS2
EKB3W
EWKB4
EWKB5
EWF1
EWF1CO
EWR2
EWM1
Wireless Devices
Description
Wireless 2 zone and 2 PGM output expansion module
Wireless motion detector
Wireless motion detector
Wireless magnetic door contact/shock sensor/flood sensor
Wireless magnetic door contact/shock sensor/flood sensor
Wireless keyfob with 4 buttons
Wireless indoor siren
Wireless keyfob with 1 button
Wireless outdoor siren
Wireless LED keypad
Wireless LED keypad
Wireless touchpad
Wireless smoke detector
Wireless smoke and CO detector
Wireless signal repeater
Wireless power socket
16
8**
4**
4**
2
64**
64**
Max. Connectible Devices
32****
64**
64**
64**
64**
5/16***( depends on configuration)
8**
4
32**
* - A mixed combination of EKB2 and EKB3 keypads is supported. The combination can consist of up to 4 keypads in total.
** - A mixed combination of wireless devices is supported. The combination can consist of up to 64 wireless devices in total.
*** - A mixed combination of EWK2 and EWK2A keyfobs is supported. The combination can consist of up to 5 keyfobs in total.
**** - EW2 creates 4 wireless zones, therefore the max. number of connectible EW2 devices is 32 if no keypad zones, no EPGM1 and no virtual zones exist in the system’s configuration.
1.3. Default Parameters and Ways of Parameter Configuration
Main Settings
Parameter Default Value
Configurable by:
SMS EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Eldes Utility
User 1... 10 name
User 1... 10 phone number
User 1... 10 partition
User 1...10 - call in case of alarm
N/A
N/A
Partition 1
Enabled
Allow remote connection from any phone number Disabled
SMS password 0000
SMS language
Partition 1 name
Depends on the firmware
PART1
Partition 2 name
Partition 3 name
Partition 4 name
PART2
PART3
PART4
Partition 1... 4 exit delay
GSM signal loss indication - delay
GSM signal loss indication – activate output
Dual SIM management – SIM card switch
15 seconds
180 seconds
N/A
Disabled
88 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
Dual SIM management – try to find operator for a maximum of
Dual SIM management – send SMS/call via
3 time (s)
Currently in use SIM
Management
Parameter Default Value
Installer's code
Duress code
SGS code
Passwords/codes format
Prompt additionally for master code when configuring via keypad/software
Master code
Master code name
Master code partition
User code 2... 30
User code 2... 30 name
User code 2... 30 partition
Main power loss
Low battery
Battery dead or missing
Battery failed
Wired siren failed
RF jammer detected
Tamper alarm
Date/time not set
GSM connection failed
GSM antenna failed
Wireless antenna failed
Communication bus failed
Critical CO level
Wireless power socket fault
Wireless device low battery
Communication with MS failed
System armed – User 1... 10
System armed – SMS delivery report
System disarmed – User 1... 10
System disarmed – SMS delivery report
General alarm – User 1... 10
General alarm – SMS delivery report
Main power loss/restore – User 1... 10
Main power loss/restore – SMS delivery report
Battery failed – User 1... 10
Battery failed – SMS delivery report
Battery dead or missing – User 1... 10
Battery dead or missing – SMS delivery report
Low battery – User 1... 10
Low battery – SMS delivery report
Siren fail/restore – User 1... 10
Siren fail/restore – SMS delivery report
RF jammer detected – User 1... 10
RF jammer detected – SMS delivery report
Date/time not set – User 1... 10
1470
N/A
N/A
4-digit
Disabled
Passwords/Codes
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Disabled
1111
N/A
Partition 1, Partition 2, Partition 3, Partition 4
N/A
N/A
Partition 1
Faults
Enabled
Enabled
Notifications
Configurable by:
SMS EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Eldes Utility
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN 99
Date/time not set – SMS delivery report
GSM connection failed – User 1... 10
GSM connection failed – SMS delivery report
GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore – User 1... 10
GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore – SMS delivery report
Tamper alarm/restore – User 1... 10
Tamper alarm/restore – SMS delivery report
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Communication bus fail/restore – User 1... 10
Communication bus fail/restore – SMS delivery report
Temperature info – User 1... 10
Temperature info – SMS delivery report
System started – User 1... 10
System started – SMS delivery report
Periodical info – User 1... 10
Periodical info – SMS delivery report
Wireless signal loss – User 1... 10
Wireless signal loss – SMS delivery report
Unable to arm – User 1... 10
Unable to arm – SMS delivery report
Zone bypass - User 1... 10
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Zone bypass – SMS delivery report
Critical CO level - User 1... 10
Critical CO level – SMS delivery report
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Wireless socket signal loss/restore - User 1... 10 Disabled
Wireless socket signal loss/restore – SMS delivery report
Disabled
Enabled Report/Control zone triggered - User 1... 10
Report/Control zone triggered - SMS delivery report
Incoming SMS forwarding - User 1... 10
Incoming SMS forwarding - SMS delivery report
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Wireless communication failed - User 1... 10
Wireless communication failed - SMS delivery report
Disabled
Disabled
Communication with MS failed - User 1... 10
Communication with MS failed - SMS delivery report
Disabled
Disabled
Send to all users simultaneously – all notifications Disabled
Time synchronization
Phone number of the currently inserted SIM card N/A
Time Synchronization
Enabled
Synchronization frequency 30 days
Event Log
Event log Enabled
Zones
Parameter
Z1... Z8 zone name
Z1 type
Z1... Z8 zone status
Z2... Z8 type
Z1... Z8 delay, ms
Z1... Z8 – Stay
Z1... Z8 – Force
Z1... Z8 Tamper name
Default Value
On Board
Zone1... Zone8
Delay
Enabled
Instant
800 milliseconds
Disabled
Disabled
Tamper1... Tamper8
10 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
Configurable by:
SMS EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Eldes Utility
Delay-type zone – entry delay
Z1... Z8 partition
Z1... Z8 – Shared
Z1... Z8 – audio track
Z1... Z8 – alarm count to bypass
Cross-Zone/Intelli-Zone
Confirmation Timeout
Tamper 1... 8 status
Z1... Z8 - zone connection type
Delay becomes Instant in STAY mode
Chime
ATZ mode
Arm-disarm by zone No1... No4
Zone name
Zone status
Type
Delay, ms
Stay
Force
Tamper name
Delay-type zone – entry delay
Partition
Shared
Audio track
Alarm count to bypass
Cross-Zone/Intelli-Zone
Confirmation Timeout
Tamper status
Zone connection type for all EPGM1 zones
Zone name
Zone status
Type
Stay
Force
Tamper name
Delay-type zone – entry delay
Partition
Shared
Audio track
Alarm count to bypass
Cross-Zone/Intelli-Zone
Confirmation Timeout
Tamper status
Zone name
Zone status
Type
Stay
Force
Tamper name
Delay-type zone – entry delay
Partition
Shared
Audio track
Alarm count to bypass
Cross-Zone/Intelli-Zone
Confirmation Timeout
Tamper status
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
Zone X
Disabled
Instant
Disabled
Disabled
Tamper X
15 seconds
Partition 1
Disabled
N/A
0
N/A
20 seconds
Enabled
15 seconds
Partition 1
Disabled
N/A
0
N/A
20 seconds
Enabled
Type 1
Disabled
Enabled
Disabled
N/A
EPGM1 Module
Zone X
Enabled
Instant
800 milliseconds
Disabled
Disabled
Tamper X
15 seconds
Partition 1
Disabled
N/A
0
N/A
20 seconds
Enabled
Type 1
Wireless Devices
Zone X
Enabled
Depends on the connected wireless device model
Disabled
Disabled
Tamper X
15 seconds
Partition 1
Disabled
N/A
0
N/A
20 seconds
Enabled
Keypads
EN
Zone name
Zone status
Type
Force
Delay-type zone – entry delay
Partition
Shared
Alarm count to bypass
Cross-Zone/Intelli-Zone
Confirmation Timeout
Tamper status
Parameter
C1... C4 output name
C1... C4 output state
C1... C4 output status
Using module EPGM8
Output name
State
Status
Output name
Type
State
Status
Parameter
MS mode
Main Account
GSM and SMS – attempts
GSM and SMS – tel. number 1... 3
PSTN – treat PSTN call as user call
PSTN – attempts
PSTN – tel. number 1... 3
CSD – attempts
CSD – tel. number 1... 5
Parallel data transfer via IP network
IP Server 1... 3 – IP attempts
IP Server 1... 3 – test period
IP Server 1... 3 – protocol
IP Server 1...3 – account
IP Server 1...3 – unit ID
IP Server 1... 3 – communication protocol
IP Server 1... 3 – server IP
IP Server 1... 3 – server port
IP Server 1... 3 – encryption key - status
IP Server 1... 3 – encryption key
Communication - primary
Communication – backup 1... 5
Retry after delay
Delay after last communication attempt
12 EN
Zone X
Disabled
Instant
Disabled
15 seconds
Partition 1
Disabled
0
N/A
20 seconds
Enabled
Virtual Zones
PGM Outputs
Default Value
Configurable by:
SMS EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
On Board
Control1... Control4
OFF
Enabled
Disabled
EPGM1 Module
ControlX
OFF
Disabled
Wireless Devices
ControlX
Depends on the connected wireless device model
OFF
Disabled
MS Settings
Default Value
Configurable by:
SMS EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Management
Disabled
9999
3
N/A
Disable
3
N/A
3
N/A
Disabled
3
180 seconds
UDP
9999
0000
EGR100
0.0.0.0
20000
Disabled
0000
IP Server 1 (GPRS)
N/A
N/A
1200 seconds
Eldes Utility
Eldes Utility
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
SIA IP protocol settings - encryption
SIA IP protocol settings – encryption key
SIA IP protocol settings – account prefix
SIA IP protocol settings – receiver number
SIA IP protocol settings – use time stamp
SIA IP protocol settings – Contact ID ping
SIA IP protocol settings – data message
Burglary alarm/restore – code
Burglary alarm/restore – status
Main power loss/restore – code
Main power loss/restore – status
Armed/disarmed by user – code
Armed/disarmed by user – status
Test event – code
Test event – status
Battery failed – code
Battery failed – status
Battery dead or missing – code
Battery dead or missing – status
Tamper alarm/restore – code
Tamper alarm/restore – status
Instant Silent zone alarm/restore – code
Instant Silent zone alarm/restore – status
Kronos ping – code
Kronos ping – status
System started – code
System started – status
24H zone alarm/restore – code
24H zone alarm/restore – status
Fire zone alarm/restore – code
Fire zone alarm/restore – status
Low battery – code
Low battery – status
Temperature exceeded – code
Temperature exceeded – status
Temperature fallen – code
Temperature fallen – status
Wireless signal loss/restore – code
Wireless signal loss/restore – status
Disarmed by user (duress code) – code
Disarmed by user (duress code) – status
SGS code entered – code
SGS code entered – status
Armed by user (partial arm) – code
Armed by user (partial arm) – status
RF jammer detected - code
RF jammer detected - status
Siren fail/restore – code
Siren fail/restore – status
Date/time not set – code
Date/time not set – status
GSM connection failed – code
GSM connection failed – status
GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore – code
GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore – status
System shutdown – code
System shutdown – status
Communication bus fail/restore – code
Communication bus fail/restore – status
IP connection failed – code
IP connection failed – status
414
Enabled
330
Enabled
360
Enabled
Zone bypass/Bypassed zone activation – code 570
Zone bypass/Bypassed zone activation – status Enabled
Enabled
344
Enabled
321
Disabled
626
Enabled
358
Enabled
359
Disabled
133
Enabled
110
Enabled
302
Enabled
158
Enabled
159
Enabled
381
Enabled
121
Enabled
463
Enabled
456
Enabled
301
Enabled
401
Enabled
602
Enabled
309
Enabled
311
Enabled
144
Disabled
0000
N/A
N/A
Enabled
Disabled
Event: 1602, partition: 01, user/zone: 000
Data Messages
130
Enabled
146
Enabled
602
Enabled
900
Enabled
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
CO sensor lifetime exceeded -code
CO sensor lifetime exceeded -status
Critical CO level - code
Critical CO level - status
380
Enabled
162
Enabled
Report/Control zone triggered/restored – code 150
Report/Control zone triggered/restored – status Disabled
Armed/disarmed in STAY mode – code 441
Enabled Armed/disarmed in STAY mode – status
Configuration via remote connection started - code
Configuration via remote connection started - status
Silent/Panic zone alarm/restore - code
412
Disabled
120
Silent/Panic zone alarm/restore - status
Armed/disarmed automatically - code
Armed/disarmed automatically - status
SMS sending limit reached - code
SMS sending limit reached - status
Failed to arm - code
Failed to arm - status
Communication with MS failed - code
Communication with MS failed - status
Enabled
403
Enabled
358
Disabled
454
Enabled
354
Disabled
Control / Scheduler
Default Value Parameter
PGM output control 1... 16
Scheduler 1... 16
Additional conditions
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Peripheral Devices
Parameter
Keypad 1... 4 partition
Show armed status in keypad
Keypad partition switch
EKB3 mode
Wireless keypads - partition
Wireless keypads – backlight timeout
Wireless keypads – bell
EWS2 LED
Bell squawk
Activate siren if wireless device is lost
EWS3 fire alarm LED
EWS3 alarm LED
Bell squawk enabled if arming in STAY mode
Temperature sensor 1... 8 name
Temperature sensor 1... 8 min. temperature
Temperature sensor 1... 8 max. temperature
Primary
Secondary iButton key name iButton key partition
Allow adding new iButton keys
Default Value
Keypads
Partition 1
Disabled
Disabled
2 partitions
Partition 1
10 seconds
Disabled
Siren
Enabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Temperature Sensors
N/A
0
0
No.1
No.2
N/A
Partition 1
Disabled iButton Keys
14 EN
Configurable by:
SMS EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Eldes Utility
Configurable by:
SMS EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Eldes Utility
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
System
Default Value Parameter
Mains power loss delay
Mains power restore delay
Alarm duration
Wireless channel
30 seconds
Management
120 seconds
1 minute
Depends on firmware
Periodic test
Wireless device lost timeout
Arming is not allowed after 20 mins of wireless communication loss
SMS notifications - day limit
Every 1 day at 11:00
Grade 2
Disabled
SMS notifications - day limit status
SMS notifications - month limit
SMS notifications - month limit status
25
Enabled
400
Enabled
Microphone level
Speaker level
12
85
SMS forward settings - forward all received SMS Disabled
SMS forward settings - forward all received SMS from unknown users
SMS forward settings -forward all received SMS from registered users with wrong syntax or
Disabled
Disabled wrong password
SMS forward settings - forward all received SMS from specified phone number (status)
Disabled
SMS forward settings - forward all received SMS from specified phone number (phone number)
Service mode
N/A
Disabled
Cloud Services
Server address
Port
Disabled ss.eldes.lt
8082
Cloud Services
Ping period
Time zone
Communication
SIM1... SIM2 APN
SIM1... SIM2 user name
SIM1... SIM2 password
DNS1
DNS2
180 seconds
N/A
Via GPRS network
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
GPRS Settings
LAN Settings
DHCP
LAN IP address
LAN net mask
Default gateway
Primary DNS server
Secondary DNS server
Disabled
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
Configurable by:
SMS EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Eldes Utility
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
2. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
2.1. Electrical and Mechanical Characteristics
Electrical and Mechanical Characteristics
Power supply 16-24V 50/60 Hz ~1.5A max / 18-24V
Current consumption in idle state w/o external devices connected Up to 80mA
Recommended backup battery voltage, capacity
Recommended backup battery type
12V; 1,3-7Ah
Lead-Acid
Backup battery charge current
Backup battery charge duration
GSM modem frequency
Cable type for GSM/GPRS antenna connection
Number of zones on-board
Nominal zone resistance
Number of PGM outputs on-board
Up to 500mA
Up to 30 hours for 7Ah battery
850/900/1800/1900MHz
Shielded
8 (ATZ mode: 16)
5,6kΩ (ATZ Mode: 5,6kΩ and 3,3kΩ)
4
On-board PGM output circuit
1 R
OUT
1,5A max
Open collector output.
Output is pulled to COM when turned ON.
Maximum commuting on-board PGM output values (combined)
BELL: Siren output when activated
BELL: Maximum siren output current
BELL: Maximum cable length for siren connection
BELL: Cable type for siren connection
AUX: Auxiliary equipment power supply voltage
AUX: Maximum accumulative current of auxiliary equipment
AUX: Maximum cable length for auxiliary equipment connection
AUX: Cable type for auxiliary equipment connection
BUZ: Maximum current of mini buzzer
BUZ: Power supply voltage of buzzer
BUZ: Cable type for mini buzzer connection
Supported temperature sensor model
Maximum supported number of temperature sensors
DATA: Maximum cable length for 1-Wire communication
DATA: Cable type for 1-Wire communication
Supported iButton key model
Maximum supported number of iButton keys
Maximum supported number of keypads
Y/G: Maximum cable length for RS485 communication
Y/G: Cable type for RS485 communication
Wireless band
Wireless communication range
Maximum supported number of wireless devices
Event log size
Maximum supported number of zones
Maximum supported number of PGM outputs
Cable type for zone and PGM output connection
Generated PSTN line values
Communications
Supported protocols
Dimensions
Operating temperature range
Humidity
4 x 30V; 500mA
Connected to COM
1A
Up to 100m (328.08ft)
Unshielded
13,8V DC
1,1A
Up to 100m (328.08ft)
Unshielded
150mA
12V DC
Unshielded
Maxim®/Dallas® DS18S20, DS18B20
8
Up to 30m (98.43ft)
Unshielded
Maxim®/Dallas® DS1990A
16
4 x EKB2 / EKB3
Up to 100m (328.08ft)
Unshielded
ISM868
Up to 3000m (9842.6ft) in open areas
64
1024 events
144
48
Unshielded
Voltage: 48V; current: 25mA; impedance: 270Ω
SMS, Voice calls, GPRS network, CSD, PSTN, Ethernet via ELAN3-ALARM
Ademco Contact ID, EGR100, Kronos, Cortex SMS, SIA IP
140x100x18mm (5.51x3.94x0.71in)
-20...+55°C (-4... +131°F)
0-90% RH @ 0... +40°C (0-90% RH @ +32... +104°F)
(non-condensing)
16 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
2.2. Main Unit, LED Indicator and Connector Functionality
Main Unit Functionality
GSM MODEM GSM network 850/900/1800/1900MHz modem
SIM CARD1
SIM CARD2
Primary SIM card slot / holder
Secondary SIM card slot / holder
DEF
USB
FUSE F1
W-LESS ANT
GSM/GPRS ANT
Pins for restoring default settings
Mini USB port
2A fuse
Wireless antenna SMA type connector
GSM/GPRS antenna SMA type connector
MODULES* Slots for EPGM8 module
W-LESS ANT
DEF
PRG
USB
Z1 CO Z2 Z3 CO Z6 Z7
LED Functionality
NETW GSM network signal strength
C1
C2
PGM output C1 status - ON/OFF
PGM output C2 status - ON/OFF
C3
C4
STAT
PGM output C3 status - ON/OFF
PGM output C4 status - ON/OFF
Micro-controller status
NETW indication
OFF
Flashing every 3 sec.
Flashing every 1 sec.
Flashing several times per sec.
Steady ON
GSM signal strength
No GSM signal
Poor
Medium
Good
Excellent
Z1 - Z8
Y
G
COM
BELL-
BELL+
AUX-
AUX+
AC/DC
AKU-
Connector Functionality
TIP* PSTN (landline) terminal
RING*
DATA
PSTN (landline) terminal
1-Wire interface for iButton key and temperature sensor connection
+5V
BUZ-
BUZ+
C1 - C4
Temperature sensor power supply terminal (+5V)
Buzzer negative terminal
Buzzer positive terminal
PGM output terminals
Security zone terminals
RS485 interface CLOCK terminal (yellow wire)
RS485 interface DATA terminal (green wire)
Common return terminal
Siren negative terminal (Commutated)
Siren positive terminal (Constant voltage)
Negative power supply terminal for auxiliary equipment
Positive power supply terminal for auxiliary equipment
Main power supply terminals
Backup battery negative terminal
AKU+ Backup battery positive terminal
* - implementable ONLY if ESIM384 device hardware version is up to V5.
SIM CARD1
SIM CARD2
GSM/GPRS ANT
1
MODULES
AKU+
AKU-
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
2.3. Wiring Diagrams
2.3.1. General Wiring
2
Z1 CO Z2 Z3 CO Z6 Z7 BELL- BELL+
AKU+
AKU-
Backup Battery
12V 1.3-7Ah
Metal cabinet
PE terminal
~16-24V
Fuse 500 mA
~230V 50/60Hz
Z1 Z2 Z5 Z6 Z7 Z8
BUZ
Z
EOL 5.6K
COM
NO
SIREN/BELL
1A max.
iButton® key reader
Relay module
Temperature sensor
2.3.2. Zone Connection Types
Type 1 Example of 4-wire smoke detector wiring
3
Z
EOL 5.6K
COM
NO
8-Zone mode: Normally open contact with 5,6KΩ end-ofline resistor.
Z
EOL 5.6K
COM
NC
5,6 kΩ
COM
NO
Z
EOL 5.6K
TAMPER
COM
3.3K
NC
EPGM1
7
*
1
4
8
0
2
5
9
#
3
6
EKB3
GND
+Vin
EKB2
Z
5.6K
3.3K
COM
NC
NC
Type 2
4
Z
EOL 5.6K
COM
NC
Example of magnetic door contact wiring
Z
EOL 5.6K
TAMPER
COM
3.3K
NC
Z
5.6K
3.3K
COM
NC
NC
8-Zone mode: Normally closed contact with 5,6KΩ end-ofline resistor
NC COM
Z
EOL 5.6K
TAMPER
5.6K
NC
COM
3.3K
NC
Z
EOL 5.6K
TAMPER
5.6K
NC
COM
3.3K
NC
18 EN
Magnet
NOTE: 2-wire smoke sensors support is NOT available for old firmware versions (i.e. for FW versions V01.05.11 and earlier).
Type 3
Based on the example given, in the event of an alarm, the smoke detector could be reset by turning OFF and ON the PGM output
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
Z
EOL 5.6K
COM
NO
Z
EOL 5.6K
COM
NO
Z
EOL 5.6K
COM
NO
Z
EOL 5.6K
COM
NC
Z
EOL 5.6K
COM
NC
Z
EOL 5.6K
TAMPER
COM
3.3K
NC
Z
EOL 5.6K
COM
NC
5
Z
EOL 5.6K
TAMPER
COM
3.3K
NC
8-Zone mode: Tamper and 5,6KΩ end-of-line resistor and 3,3KΩ end-of-line resistor with normally closed contact.
Z COM
5.6K
3.3K
NC
NC
5,6 kΩ 3,3 kΩ
NC
TAMP
Z
EOL 5.6K
TAMPER
5.6K
COM NC
COM
3.3K
NC
GND
+Vin
Z
EOL 5.6K
TAMPER
COM
3.3K
NC
Z
5.6K
3.3K
COM
NC
NC
Type 4
6
Z COM
5.6K
3.3K
NC
NC
ATZ mode: 5,6KΩ end-of-line resistor and normally closed contact with 3,3KΩ end-of-line resistor and normally closed contact
Example of magnetic door contact (Z1) and glass break sensor (Z9) wiring
Z
EOL 5.6K
TAMPER
5.6K
NC
COM
3.3K
NC
NC COM
COM GND
Magnet
NC
+Vin
Type 5
7
Z
EOL 5.6K
TAMPER
5.6K
NC
COM
3.3K
NC
ATZ mode: Tamper,
5,6KΩ end-of-line resistor, 5,6KΩ end-of-line resistor with normally closed contact and 3,3KΩ end-of-line resistor with normally closed contact.
Example of motion detector (Z1) and magnetic door contact (Z9) wiring
5,6 kΩ 5,6 kΩ 3,3 kΩ
COM
NC
TAMP
GND
+Vin
NC COM
Magnet
See also 14.3. 8-Zone Mode and 14.4. ATZ (Advanced Technology Zone) Mode.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
2.3.3. Siren
8
BELL- BELL+ Piezo siren
1 Connect positive siren wire (red) to BELL+ terminal.
2 Connect negative siren wire (black) to BELL- terminal.
SIREN/BELL
1A max.
BLACK -
RED +
9
GND
SIREN/BELL
1A max.
+12V
BELL
BELL- BELL+
Self-contained siren
1 Connect negative GND siren wire to COM terminal.
2 Controlling BELL siren wire must be connected to BELL- terminal.
3 Connect positive +12V siren wire to BELL+ terminal.
10
SIREN/BELL
1A max.
BLACK 3,3kΩ 3,3kΩ
RED +
Siren status monitoring
NOTE: Siren status monitoring feature supervises the resistance across BELL+ and BELL- terminals.
The resistance must be ranging from 1kΩ through
3,3kΩ, otherwise the system will indicate system fault. In order to view the siren resistance value, please refer to Diagnostic Management feature available on Eldes Utility.
11
BELL- BELL+ No siren status monitoring
If the siren status monitoring feature is not required, do not connect any resistor in parallel and disable siren fault indication on the keypad (see 29.
INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS).
SIREN/BELL
1A max.
BLACK -
RED +
See also 20. SIREN/BELL.
NOTE: BELL- is the commuted terminal intended for siren control.
NOTE: Siren status monitoring feature supervises the resistance across BELL+ and BELL- terminals. The resistance must be ranging from
1kΩ through 3,3kΩ, otherwise the system will indicate system fault. In order to view the siren resistance value, please refer to Diagnostic
Management feature available on Eldes Utility .
20 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
2.3.4. iButton Key Reader and Buzzer
12
BUZ- BUZ+
+ BUZZER iButton key reader
DS1990A
NOTE: The installation of buzzer is not necessary if EKB2/EKB3 keypad is used.
Supported iButton key model: Maxim/Dallas
DS1990A
The iButton key reader can be installed with buzzer or separately. The buzzer is intended for audio indication of exit/entry delay countdown providing short beeps.
1 Connect iButton key reader brown and white wires to 1-Wire interface: COM and DATA terminals respectively.
2 Connect buzzer‘s negative terminal wire to BUZ- and positive terminal wire to BUZ+.
ATENTION: The cable length for connection to 1-Wire interface can be up to 30m (98.43ft) max.
2.3.5. Temperature Sensor and iButton Key Reader
Supported iButton key model: Maxim/Dallas DS1990A
Supported temperature sensor model: Maxim/Dallas DS18S20, DS18B20
13
DATA +5V DATA +5V DATA +5V
DATA
GND +5V
Temperature sensor
DS18S20
GND DATA +5V
DS1990A
Temperature sensor
DS18S20
GND
DATA
+5V iButton key reader
Digital thermometer
with 3m (9.84ft) wire
Vinson DS18B20
1 Depending on the model, connect temperature sensor GND/black wire, DATA/yellow wire, +5V/red wire terminals to 1-Wire interface: COM, DATA and +5V terminals respectively.
2 When connecting iButton key reader in parallel to temperature sensor, connect iButton key rea der terminal wires to COM and DATA terminals respectively.
ATENTION: The cable length for connection to 1-Wire interface can be up to 30m
(98.43ft) max.
2.3.6. Relay Finder (for example, model 40.61.9.12) with Terminal Socket (for example, model 95.85.3) to PGM Output
Example of relay wiring for negative PGM output control
14
1 Wire up relay A1 terminal to PGM output Cx and
A2 terminal to AUX+.
2 In addition, connect the switching diode to relay‘s A2 and A1 terminals.
A1
COIL
A2
RELAY
NOTE: We highly recommend using switching diode model 1N4148 or similar.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
Example of relay wiring for positive PGM output control
15
1 Wire up relay A1 terminal to PGM output‘s Cx terminal and A2 terminal to AUX+ and one of the relay‘s switch contacts: NC or NO.
2 In addition, connect the switching diode to relay‘s A2 and A1 terminals.
COIL
A1 A2
RELAY
NOTE: We highly recommend using switching diode model 1N4148 or similar.
2.3.7. RS485
Serial Wiring Method
ESIM384 a
EKB2/EKB3 b
EKB2/EKB3
Max. cable length: a+b+c+d+e+f+g= up to 100m (328.08ft) c
EKB2/EKB3 d
EKB2/EKB3 e
EPGM1 f
EPGM1 g
ELAN3-ALARM
ATTENTION: The cable length must not exceed 100m (328.08ft) in total.
ATTENTION: When wiring more than 1 keypad and/or EPGM1 module, please ensure that the set address of each keypad and/or EPGM1 module is different.
NOTE: If necessary, the RS485 devices can be powered from an external 12-14V DC power supply instead of AUX+ and AUX- terminals
NOTE: You may connect only 1 EKB2/EKB3 keypad or a mixed combination of EKB2 and EKB3 keypads. The combination can consist of up to 4 keypads in total.
For more details on RS485 interface, please refer to 32.1. RS485 Interface
22 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
Parallel Wiring Method
ESIM384
Max. cable length: up to 100m (328.08ft)
EPGM1 EPGM1 EKB2/EKB3 EKB2/EKB3 EKB2/EKB3 ELAN3-ALARM EKB2/EKB3
ATTENTION: The cable between ESIM384 and each RS485 device must be of the same length and can NOT exceed 100m (328.08ft).
ATTENTION: When wiring more than 1 keypad and/or EPGM1 module, please ensure that the set address of each keypad and/or EPGM1 module is different.
NOTE: If necessary, the RS485 devices can be powered from an external 12-14V DC power supply instead of AUX+ and AUX- terminals
NOTE: You may connect only 1 EKB2/EKB3 keypad or a mixed combination of EKB2 and EKB3 keypads. The combination can consist of up to 4 keypads in total.
For more details on RS485 interface, please refer to 32.1. RS485 Interface
2.3.8. RING/TIP
16 to PSTN
(landline)
RING
TIP
ESIM384
ATTENTION: The TIP/RING connectors and PSTN module are NOT included in a standard ESIM384 alarm system unit.
These components are op tional and can be implemented on request in advance.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
3. INSTALLATION
When professional installation, OEM integration or assembly by a third-party is expected, the installation instructions and assembly requirements approved for equipment approval must be provided to the integrators to clearly identify the specific requirements necessary to maintain RF exposure compliance. The grantee of a transmitter, typically the manufacturer, is responsible for ensuring installers and integrators have a clear understanding of the compliance requirements by including the required instructions and documentation with the product and, if necessary, to provide further support to fulfil grantee responsibilities for ensuring compliance. The integrators must be fully informed of their obligations and verify the resolution of any issues and concerns with each transmitter manufacturer or grantee.
• The system can be installed in a metal or non-flammable cabinet only. For a convenient installation, ME1 metal cabinet is highly recommended. The metal cabinet must always be grounded as well as ESIM384 system’s PCB by connecting one of the COM terminals to the
PE contact of the metal cabinet.
• For the connection of 230V transformer, use 3x0.75 mm 2 1 thread double isolated cable. 230V power supply cables must not be grouped with low voltage cable group.
• For the connection of auxiliary and BELL outputs, use 2x0.75 mm 2 1 thread unshielded cable of up to 100m (328.08ft) length.
• For the connection of zone/PGM output connectors, use 0.50 mm 2 1 thread unshielded cable of up to 100m (328.08ft) length.
SYSTEM INSTALLATION IN ME1 METAL CABINET AND ENCLOSURE COMPONENTS
17
AC230V
COM AC/DC
18V
N L
TRANSFORMER
FUSE
FUSE COM
Fuse
315mA Tamper Transformer
PE terminal
Common terminal
AC/DC
Main power supply terminal
AC/DC Main power wire
24 EN
18V
AC voltage Null
N
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
L
Phase
ELAN3-ALARM
18
TRANSFORMER
ESIM384 + EPGM1
19
TRANSFORMER
TRANSFORMER
TRANSFORMER
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
ME1 METAL CABINET CONTAINING ALL COMPONENTS
20 21
12 V BATTERY
TRANSFORMER
NOTE: The standard ME1 metal cabinet does NOT contain all of plastic standoffs, the quantity and the type of which depends on your additionally acquired device.
NOTE: Insert the plastic standoffs into the appropriate mounting points and fix the circuit board of selected device on the holders as indicated above (in pics on page 25).
NOTE: In order to appropriately install EPGM1 module, please install it in the first place and ESIM384 alarm system afterwards. EPGM1 must be mounted on shorter plastic standoffs, while ESIM384 and ELAN3-ALARM – on the longer ones. The mounting points of EPGM1 module and
ESIM384 system are indicated in pics on page 25.
NOTE: You also may wire up the accessories, such as keypads, zone and PGM output expansion modules, ELAN3-ALARM module, temperature sensors. If you choose to install the buzzer, it must be closer to iButton key reader in order to hear the exit delay countdown.
1. Disable the PIN code of the SIM card by inserting it into a mobile phone and following the proper menu steps. Ensure that the additional services, such as voice mail, call forwarding, report on missed/busy calls (“call catcher”) are disabled on the SIM card. For more details on how to disable these services, please contact your GSM operator.
2. Once the PIN code is disabled, place the SIM card into the SIM CARD1 slot of the alarm system. If Dual-SIM feature is to be used, insert another SIM card into the SIM CARD2 slot. For more details, please refer to 31. DUAL-SIM MANAGEMENT.
22 23 24
Inserting a SIM card into SIM
CARD1 slot is mandatory as it is the main SIM card slot, while using a SIM card in SIM CARD2 slot is optional.
25 26
26 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
3. Connect the GSM/GPRS and wireless antennas and follow the recommendations for the installation:
27
GSM/
GPRS and/or wireless antenna
Never install in the following locations:
• inside the metal cabinet
• closer than 20cm (7.87in) from the metal surface and/or power lines
28
20cm (7.87in) or more
GSM/GPRS
antenna
Wireless antenna
Recommended installation:
• keep the distance of at least
20cm (7.87in) or more.
4. If one or more wireless devices are to be paired, follow the recommendations for the installation to achieve the strongest wireless signal:
29
Wireless device
Never install in the following locations:
• inside the metal cabinet
• closer than 20cm (7.87in) from the metal surface and/or power lines
30
0.5 m to 30 m
(1.64 to 98.43ft) inside the building
0.5 m to 150 m
(1.64 to 492.13ft)
in open areas
Wireless device
Wireless antenna
Recommended installation:
• face the front side of the wireless device towards the antenna
• keep the distance: 0,5 to 30m
(1.64 to 98.43ft) inside the building, 0,5 to 3000m (1.64 to
9842.6ft) in open areas
For more details on how to install the wireless devices, please refer to chapter 41.RADIO SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND SIGNAL PENE-
TRATION manual and the latest user manual of the wireless device located at www.eldesalarms.com
5. Power up the system and wait until indicator STAT lights up (see 2.2 Main Unit, LED Indicator and Connector Functionality).
6. Indicator STAT should be flashing indicating successful micro-controller operation.
7. The illuminated indicator NETW indicates that the system successfully registered to GSM network. To find the strongest GSM signal, place the GSM/GPRS antenna and follow the indications provided by NETW indicator (see 2.2 Main Unit, LED Indicator and Connec-
tor Functionality).
8. Change the default SMS password (see 6. SMS PASSWORD AND INSTALLER CODE for more details).
9. Set the phone number for User 1 (see 8. USER PHONE NUMBERS for more details).
10. Set system date and time (see 9. DATE AND TIME for more details).
11. Once the system is fully configured, it is ready for use. However, if you fail to receive an SMS reply from the system, please check the
SMSC (Short Message Service Center) phone number. For more details regarding the SMS centre phone number, please refer to 27.1.
SMSC (Short Message Service Center) Phone Number.
12. If it is required to change the batteries for the wireless devices or carry out other system maintenance tasks, please activate the Service mode. For more detail regarding this mode, please refer to 33. SERVICE MODE.
ATTENTION: The system is NOT compatible with pure 3G SIM cards. Only 2G/GSM SIM cards and 3G SIM cards with 2G/GSM profile enabled are supported. For more details, please contact your GSM operator.
NOTE: The installation of iButton key reader, EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad, EWK2 wireless keyfob is not mandatory. However, it is recommended to have those devices installed as an emergency switch in case your mobile phone is switched off or missing.
NOTE: For maximum system reliability we recommend you do NOT use a Pay As You Go SIM card. Otherwise, in the event of insufficient credit balance on the SIM card, the system would fail to make a phone call or send messages.
NOTE: We advise you to choose the same GSM SIM provider for your system as for your mobile phone. This will ensure the fastest, most reliable SMS text message delivery service and phone call connection.
NOTE: Even though alarm system ESIM384 installation process is not too complicated, we still recommend to perform it by a person with basic knowledge in electrical engineering and electronics to avoid any system damage.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
4. GENERAL OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION
When the system is being armed, it will initiate the exit delay countdown intended for the user to leave the secured area. During the countdown period the buzzer will emit short beeps. By default, exit delay duration is 15 seconds. After the countdown is complete, the system will become armed and lock the configuration by keypad possibility. In case the user does not leave the secured area before the countdown is complete, the system will STAY-arm if at least 1 zone has Stay attribute enabled. By default, if there is at least 1 violated zone or tamper, the user will not be able to arm the system until the violated zone or tamper is restored. In case it is required to arm the alarm system despite the violated zone presence, the violated zone can be bypassed or Force attribute enabled. After the system is armed and if a zone
(depending on type) or tamper is violated, the system will cause an alarm lasting for 1 minute (by default), During the alarm, the siren/bell will provide an alarm sound along with the buzzers of the keypads. By default, the system will also makes a phone call and send an SMS text message containing the violated zone or tamper number to a listed user phone number and indicate the violated zone or tamper number on the keypad. If another zone or tamper is violated or the same one is restored and violated again during the alarm, the system will act as mentioned previously, but will not extend the alarm time.
After the user enters the secured area, the system will initiate the entry delay countdown intended for system disarming. During the countdown period, the buzzer will emit a steady beep. By default, entry delay duration is 15 seconds. After the user successfully performs the disarming process, the system will unlock the keypads. If the user does not disarm the system in time, the alarm system will cause an instant alarm.
NOTE: The alarm will be caused even if a tamper is violated while the system is disarmed.
For more details, please refer to 12. ARMING AND DISARMING.
28 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
5. CONFIGURATION METHODS
!!! While writing an SMS message, a single space MUST be left after every SMS password (e.g.: 1111 STATUS). There must be no spaces or other unnecessary characters at the beginning and at the end of the SMS text message.
5.1. SMS Text Messages
SMS
In order to configure and control the system by SMS text message, send the text command to the ESIM384 system phone number from one of the listed user phone numbers. The structure of SMS text message consists of 4-digit SMS password
(the default SMS password is 0000 – four zeros), the parameter and value. For some parameters the value does not apply e. g.
STATUS. The variables are indicated in lower-case letters, while a valid parameter value range is indicated in brackets.
NOTE: By default the SMS password is 0000, which is necessary to change.
5.2. EKB2 LCD Keypad
EKB2
The system configuration and control by EKB2 keypad is carried out by navigating throughout the menu section list displayed on LCD screen. To navigate in the menu path, touch ↓ , ↑ keys to select the desired menu section and touch OK key to open the selected section. To enter a required value, use 0... 9 keys and touch OK key for confirmation or cancel/go one menu section back by touching ← key. The value can be typed in directly by touching 0... 9 keys while highlighting the desired menu section.
EKB2 menu type is “circle”, therefore when the last section in the menu list is selected, you will be brought back to the beginning of the list after touching the ↓ key. In this installation manual, the menu path is based on the EKB2 menu tree by starting at home screen view (see 32.1.1.2. Master and User Menu Tree and 32.1.1.3. Installer Menu Tree). The variables are provided in lower-case letters, while a valid parameter value range is provided in brackets.
Activate
Configuration mode
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK
Value: iiii - 4-digit installer code.
Deactivate
Configuration mode
EKB2 Return to home screen view
NOTE: By default, menu section CONFIGURATION is secured with installer code. The default installer code is 1470, while the default master code is 1111.
NOTE: The system can be configured using only one keypad at a time. Other connected keypads will be inactive while the menu section
CONFIGURATION is opened. The inactive EKB2 keypads will display icon.
NOTE: The keypad will automatically exit the menu section CONFIGURATION and return to home screen view if 1 minute after the last key-touch expires.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
5.3. EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 LED Keypads
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
The system configuration and control by EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad is carried out by activating the Configuration mode (i.e. by pressing tion and
*
key, which is the 1st character for Configuration mode activation and deactivation), followed by the installer code (by default -1470) and entering a valid configuration command using the number keys 0 9 , key for confirma-
key to clear the characters that have been typed. Alternatively, the user can wait for 10 seconds until the keypad buzzer will provide a long beep indicating that the entered characters have been cleared. When typing in the characters, the indication of each pressed key is provided by short beep of keypad buzzer and red indicators when the number keys are being pressed. Some commands require , , and
0 9
keys as well. The structure of a standard configuration command is a combination of digits. The commands, which do not require the Configuration mode being activated, are noted.
The variables are provided in lower-case letters, while a valid parameter value range is provided in brackets.
NOTE: If you have accidentally typed in an unnecessary character, please press provide a long beep indicating that the typed in characters have been cleared.
*
key or wait for 10 seconds until the keypad buzzer will
NOTE for EKB3W/EWKB4: Even if Back-light Timeout has expired, the character will be considered as typed in once the appropriate EK-
B3W/EWKB4 key is pressed. For more details, please refer to 19.5.3. Wireless Communication, Sleep Mode and Back-light Timeout.
EN50131-1
GRADE 3
Activate
Configuration mode
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter installer and master codes:
iiiiii mmmmmm #
Value: iiiiii – 6-digit installer code; mmmmmm - 6-digit master code.
Example: 147000111111#
EN50131-1
GRADE 3
Deactivate
Configuration mode
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter installer code:
iiiiii #
Value: iiiiii – 6-digit installer code.
Example: 147000#
The following table provides a list of EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 indications, which are relevant during Configuration mode.
Indication
Indicator flashing
Description
Configuration mode activated successfully.
Indicator flashing Valid parameter entered and awaiting for valid value to be entered.
1 long beep Non-existing command or invalid parameter value entered.
3 short beeps Command entered successfully.
NOTE: The default installer code is 1470, while the default master code is 1111. By activating 6-digit password/code format, it will be necessary to extend the installer code, master code and user code by adding 2 extra digits using Eldes Utility .
NOTE: The system can be configured using only one keypad at a time. Other connected keypads will be inactive while the Configuration mode is activated.
5.4. Eldes Utility
Eldes
Utility
Eldes Utility is intended for ESIM384 alarm system configuration locally via USB port or remotely via GPRS network or Ethernet connection (ELAN3-ALARM device required). This software simplifies system configuration process by allowing to use a personal computer in the process. Whilst using Eldes Utility software for the first time, please pay attention that every function and option in every section provided with an individual expalanation, called Hint (put mouse cursor on the “i“ icon) .
5.4.1. Remote Connection
ATTENTION: The system will NOT transmit any data to monitoring station while configuring the system remotely via GPRS network or
Ethernet connection. However, during the remote connection session, the data messages are queued up and transmitted to the monitoring station after the configuration session is over.
ATTENTION: When the Configuration mode is activated by EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad or when menu section CONFIGURATION is opened by the installer using EKB2 keypad, remote system configuration is disabled.
ATTENTION: The keypad (-s) become inactive while the system is being configured remotely.
Eldes Utility provides remote system configuration ability via Internet using one of the following methods:
• ELDES proxy server (recommended). The connection can be established on the system via GPRS network or Ethernet using ELAN3-
ALARM communicator.
30 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
• Running TCP/IP server on Eldes Utility (advanced). The connection can be established on the system via GPRS network or Ethernet using
ELAN3-ALARM communicator.
• Direct connection via Ethernet using ELAN3-ALARM communicator.
In order to start using the remote configuration feature, please run the step-by-step wizard and follow the steps provided in the start page of Eldes Utility . Please, note that based on the selected method, it might be necessary to send an SMS text message to the system’s phone number in order to initiate the remote connection. By following the steps you will be instructed on what text must be sent to the system’s phone number in such case.
Start the connection with server
SMS
SMS text message content: ssss STCONFIG
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111 STCONFIG
5.4.2. Ending the Remote Connection Session
After the remote system configuration is complete, use one of the following methods to end the configuration process:
• Click Disconnect or Stop button and close Eldes Utility .
• The session will automatically expire in 20 minutes. Before the last 5 minutes, the software will offer the user to extend the session for another 20 minutes.
• Alternatively, the connection with the server can be terminated at any time by sending an SMS text message.
Terminate the connection with server
SMS
SMS text message content: ssss ENDCONFIG
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111 ENDCONFIG
Once the session is expired or terminated, the system will reply with an SMS text message confirming the end of the session.
5.5. System configuration by USB cable
In order to configure the system by USB cable, the user must plug the specified cable into personal computer’s USB port and launch the pre-installed Eldes Utility. Configuration by USB cable and Eldes Utility does not require the external power supply to be connected to the device. However, the device will NOT fully function when USB-powered .The user will be able to carry out some major part of system’s configuration, with the exception of those functions, which are strictly related to GSM modem (disabled during the selected configuration period) or associated with the Wireless connectivity (also disabled).
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
6. SMS PASSWORD AND INSTALLER CODE
For security reasons, the system uses the following type of password and code:
SMS password – 4-digit password used for system arming/disarming and configuration by SMS text messages. By default, SMS password is
0000, which MUST be changed!. SMS password is authorized to carry out the following:
• Access system configuration by SMS text messages.
• Arm/disarm partition.
• Activate/deactivate service mode.
• Set system date and time.
• Add/remove user phone numbers.
• Set SMS password.
• Turn ON/OFF PGM outputs.
• Restart system remotely.
Installer code – 4-digit password used for system configuration by EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad and Eldes Utility . By default, installer code is 1470, which is highly recommended to change. Installer code is authorized to carry out the following:
• Access system configuration by keypad and Eldes Utility .
• Set installer code.
• Set master code.
• Activate/deactivate service mode.
• Set system date and time.
• Add/remove user phone numbers.
• Set SMS password.
• Restore system configuration to default.
• Clear tamper fault (if enabled).
Set SMS password SMS
EKB2
SMS text message content: wwww PSW ssss
Value: wwww – 4-digit existing SMS password; ssss – 4-digit new SMS password; range –
[0001... 9999].
Example: 0000 PSW 1111
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → SMS PASSWORD → OK → ssss → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; ssss – 4-digit new SMS password; range – [0001... 9999].
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 14 and new SMS password:
14 ssss #
Value: ssss – 4-digit new SMS password; range – [0001... 9999].
Example: 141111#
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Set installer code
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → 1470 → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → INSTALLER CODE → OK → iiii → OK
Value: iii – 4-digit new installer code; range – [0000... 9999].
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 16 and new installer code:
16 iiii #
Value: iiii – 4-digit new installer code; range – [0000... 9999].
Example: 162538#
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
32 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
7. SYSTEM LANGUAGE
The system comes equipped with a single language for communication with the user by SMS text messages and EKB2 keypad menu display.
The system language depends on ESIM384 firmware, which is based on the user’s location.
List of currently available system languages (firmwares):
• Czech
• English
• Estonian
• Finnish
• French
• German
• Greek
• Hungarian
• Italian
• Latvian
• Lithuanian
• Polish
• Portuguese
• Romanian
• Russian
• Slovak
• Icelandic *
• Danish
• Slovenian
• Dutch
• Macedonian
• Spanish
* - supports SMS text messages only.
NOTE: To obtain a firmware that features a different SMS and EKB2 menu language, please contact your local dealer.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
8. USER PHONE NUMBERS
The system supports up to 10 user phone numbers identified as User 1 through 10. When the phone number is set, the user will be able to arm/disarm the system by SMS text messages and free of charge phone calls (see 12.1. Free of Charge Phone Call and 12.2. SMS Text
Message) as well as to configure the system by SMS text messages. User phone numbers are also used to receive alarm phone calls via
GSM connection and SMS text messages from the system (see 17. ALARM INDICATIONS AND NOTIFICATIONS FOR USER).
By default, the system accepts incoming calls and SMS text messages from any phone number. Once a user phone number is listed, the system ignores any incoming calls and SMS text messages from a non-listed phone number as well as it rejects the SMS text messages containing wrong SMS password even from a listed user phone number (see 8.2. Initiate system’s remote connection from any phone
number).
To set User 1 phone number is mandatory, while the other 9 are optional. The supported phone number formats are the following:
•
•
•
International (with plus) – The phone numbers must be entered starting with plus and an international country code in the following format: +[international code][area code][local number], example for UK: +44170911XXXX1 . This format can be used when setting up the phone number by SMS text message and Eldes Utility .
International (with 00) – The phone numbers must be entered starting with 00 and an international country code in the following format: 00[international code][area code][local number], example for UK: 0044170911XXXX1 . This format can be used when setting up the phone number by SMS text message, EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad and Eldes Utility.
Local – The phone numbers must be entered starting with an area code in the following format: [area code][local number], example for UK: 0170911XXXX1 . This format can be used when setting up the phone number by SMS text message, EKB2/ EKB3/EKB3W/
EWKB4 keypad and Eldes Utility.
Add user phone number
SMS
EKB2
SMS text message content: ssss NRup:ttteeellnnuumm
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; up – user phone number slot, range – [1... 10]; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits user phone number.
Example: 1111 NR1:+44170911XXXX1
Menu path :
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → CALL/SMS SETTINGS → OK → USERS → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → PHONE NUMBER → OK → ttteeellnnuumm → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits user phone number.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 17, user phone number slot and phone number:
17 up ttteeellnnuumm #
Value: up – user phone number slot, range – [01... 10]; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits user phone number.
Example: 17010044170911XXXX1#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
View user phone number
SMS
EKB2
SMS text message content: ssss HELPNR
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111 HELPNR
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → CALL/SMS SETTINGS → OK → USERS → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → PHONE NUMBER
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code;
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
34 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
Delete user phone number
SMS
EKB2
SMS text message content: ssss NRup:DEL
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; up – user phone number slot, range – [2... 10].
Example: 1111 NR2:DEL
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → CALL/SMS SETTINGS → OK → USERS → OK →
GSM USER 2... 10 → OK → PHONE NUMBER → OK → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code;
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
ATTENTION: NEVER add a phone number of the device’s SIM card as a user phone number!
ATTENTION: Once User 1 phone number is set, it will be restricted to modify it only.
NOTE: Multiple user phone numbers can be set by a single SMS text message,
Example: 1111 NR1:+44170911XXXX1 NR2:+44170911XXXX2 NR6:0170911XXXX3 NR10:+44170911XXXX4
NOTE: Multiple user phone numbers can be deleted by a single SMS text message, Example: 1111 NR2:DEL NR3:DEL NR6:DEL NR9:DEL
NR:10:DEL
8.1. User Phone Number Names
When the system is armed or disarmed by free of charge phone call or SMS text message, the system sends a confirmation by SMS text message to user phone number that the system arming/disarming was initiated from. The SMS text message is sent regarding each partition separately and contains system status and partition name as well as it may contain a user name, set to the user phone number.
Manage user phone number name
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
8.2. Initiate system’s remote connection from any phone number
By default, system allows to initiate remote connection (5.4.1. Remote Connection) only from listed user phone numbers. To permit system’s remote connection initiation from any phone number, please refer to the following configuration methods.
Initiate system’s remote connection from any phone number
SMS
SMS text message content: ssss STR:ON
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111 STR:ON
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → CALL/SMS SETTINGS → OK → CTRL FROM ANY
NUM → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code;
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 12 and parameter status value:
12 1 #
Example: 121#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
NOTE: Users, who initiate system’s remote connection from non-listed phone numbers, WON’T BE ABLE to control the system (i.e. arm or disarm it).
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
Forbid system’s remote connection from any phone number
SMS
SMS text message content: ssss STR:OFF
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111 STR:OFF
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → CALL/SMS SETTINGS → OK → CTRL FROM ANY
NUM → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code;
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 12 and parameter status value:
12 0 #
Example: 120#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
9. DATE AND TIME
The system comes equipped with internal real-time clock (RTC) that keeps track of the current date and time. Once the system is up and running, the user must set the correct date and time, otherwise the system will not operate properly. By default, after shutting down and starting up the system, the date and time must be set again.
Set date and time
SMS
EKB2
SMS text message content: ssss yyyy.mt.dd hr:mn
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; yyyy – year; mt – month, range – [01... 12]; dd – day, range
– [01... 31]; hr – hours, range – [00... 23]; mn – minutes, range – [00... 59].
Example: 1111 2014.03.16 14:33
Menu path: a) OK → uumm → OK → DATE/TIME SETTINGS → OK → yyyy-mt-dd hr:mn → OK b) OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → DATE/TIME SETTINGS → OK → yyyy-mt-dd hr:mn → OK
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code; yyyy – year; mt – month, range – [01... 12]; dd – day, range – [01... 31]; hr – hours, range – [00... 23]; mn – minutes, range – [00... 59]; iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter installer code to get into Configuration Mode first (see section 5.3
EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 LED Keypad on page 30 to know how it is done).
When in Configuration Mode, enter parameter 66, date and time values:
66 yyyy mt dd hr mn#
Value: yyyy – year; mt – month, range – [01... 12]; dd – day, range – [01... 31]; hr – hours, range
– [00... 23]; mn – minutes, range – [00... 59].
Example: 66201405291235#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
ATTENTION!
To set date and time using EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 command, described above, you MUST enter the Configuration mode first!
Eldes Utility provides the ability to select the Time Zone option. The user may also choose Get PC Time option, which instantly provides the exact PC time.
NOTE: When the system is connected to the monitoring station via IP connection (see 30. MONITORING STATION) and/or when ELDES
Cloud Services feature is in use (see 36. ELDES CLOUD SERVICES), the date and time will be automatically synchronized with the monitoring station or ELDES Cloud Services server upon the system startup. However, SIA IP data format users must enable time synchronization feature using Eldes Utility .
9.1. Automatic Date and Time Synchronization
This feature enables the system to set the date and time automatically without the user being involved in this process. The system supports the following methods of automatic date and time synchronization that are used automatically on system start-up and periodically
36 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
(by default – every 30 days):
• Via GSM network – Once enabled, the system automatically sends a date/time request to the GSM operator. This method is the most accurate synchronization method. Some GSM operators might not support it.
• By SMS text message – Once enabled, the system automatically sends the SMS text message to its own phone number and retrieves the date and time from the SMS text message reply, as the included date and time is set by the SMSC (SMS center). This method is not as accurate as the synchronization via GSM network, but always effective.
By default, synchronization via GSM network is disabled. To enable/disable automatic date and time synchronization via GSM network, please refer to the following configuration methods.
Enable/disable synchronization via
GSM network
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
By default, synchronization by SMS text message is disabled. To enable/disable automatic date and time synchronization by SMS text message, please enter/remove device phone number using one of the following configuration methods.
Enter/remove device phone number for synchronization by
SMS text message
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
10. MASTER AND USER CODES
NOTE for EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4: The Configuration mode must remain deactivated before accessing master and user code management using the master code.
The system supports up to 30 numeric codes, identified as Master code and User code 2 through 30, allowing to carry out system arming/ disarming as well as minor system configuration and control by the keypad.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Master code is authorized to carry out the following:
• Arm/disarm partition.
Bypass violated zones.
View violated zones and tampers.
View system faults.
Set system date and time.
View temperature sensor information.
View event log,
View and clear alarm log,
Set/delete user codes.
Turn ON/OFF PGM outputs.
Assign an existing user code as Duress code.
Assign an existing user code as SGS code.
•
•
•
•
•
User code is authorized to carry out the following:
• Arm/disarm partition.
•
Bypass violated zones.
View violated zones and tampers.
View system faults.
Set system date and time.
View temperature sensor information.
View and clear alarm log.
By default, only Master code is listed as 1111 and assigned Partition 1 ONLY. For more details regarding User/Master code partition, please refer to 23.4. User/Master Code Partition.
Set master code EKB2
Menu path: a) OK → vvvv → OK → CODES → OK → MASTER CODE → OK → CODE → OK → mmmm → OK b) OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → MASTER CODE → mmmm → OK
Value: vvvv – 4-digit existing master code, range – [0000... 9999]; iiii – 4-digit installer code; mmmm – 4-digit new master code, range – [0000... 9999].
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4 a) Press , 0, enter existing master code and new master code:
0 vvvv 01 mmmm # mm #
Value: vvvv – 4-digit existing master code; mmmm - 4-digit new master code; range -
[0000... 9999].
Example: 01111012222# b) (Only when Configuration Mode is activated);
Enter parameter 63, existing master code and new master code:
63 vvvv mmmm #
Value: vvvv – 4-digit existing master code; mmmm – 4-digit new master code, range –
[0000... 9999].
Example: 6311112222#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
38 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
Set user code
EKB2
Menu path:
User code 2... 16: OK → mmmm → OK → CODES → OK → USER CODE (2-16) → OK → USER CODE
2... 16 → OK → CODE → OK → uuuu → OK
User code 17... 30: OK → mmmm → OK → CODES → OK → USER CODE (17-30) → OK → USER
CODE 17... 30 → OK → CODE → OK → uuuu → OK
Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; uuuu – 4-digit user code, range – [0000... 9999].
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Press , 0, enter master code, user code slot and user code:
0 mmmm us uuuuu #
Value: mmmm - 4-digit master code; us - user code slot, range - [02... 30]; uuuu - 4-digit user code, range - [0000... 9999].
Example: 01111092556#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Delete user code EKB2
Menu path:
OK → mmmm → OK → CODES → OK → REMOVE CODE → OK → uuuu → OK
Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; uuuu – 4-digit user code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Press , 0, enter master code and user code slot:
0 mmmm us #
Value: mmmm - 4-digit master code; us - user code slot, range - [02... 30].
Example: 0111109#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
NOTE: The system does not allow to set a duplicate code.
The user codes ranging from User code 2 through 10 can be set as SGS (Security Guard Service) code, which is used as a checkpoint by a security service guard upon his/her visit in the secured location. When used, a data message, containing a certain event code, will be delivered to the monitoring station. However, NO system arming or disarming will be carried out after entering the SGS code.
Set SGS code
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → mmmm → OK → CODES → OK → SGS CODE → OK → N/A | USER CODE 2... 10 → OK
Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; N/A – SGS code not in use.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Press , 4, enter user code slot and enter master code:
4 us mmmm #
Value: us - user code slot, range - [02... 10]; mmmm - 4-digit master code.
Example: 4041111#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
The Duress code is used when system arming or disarming is demanded by force. When used, the system will arm/disarm as well as it will silently transmit an alert to the monitoring station. Only one of the user codes ranging from User code 2 through 10 can be set as Duress code.
Set Duress code
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → mmmm → OK → CODES → OK → DURESS CODE → OK → N/A | USER CODE 2... 10 → OK
Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; N/A – Duress code not in use.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Press , 3, enter user code slot and master code:
3 us mmmm #
Value: us - user code slot, range - [02... 10]; mmmm - 4-digit master code.
Example: 3081111#
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
10.1. Master and User Code Names
When the system is armed or disarmed by entering a master or user code using a keypad, the system sends a confirmation by SMS text message to user phone number, sharing the same partition (-s) as the keypad and user/master code. The SMS text message is sent regarding each partition separately and contains system status and partition name as well as it may contain a user name, set to the user/master code.
Manage user/master code name
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
40 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
11. IBUTTON KEYS
An iButton key is a unique 64-bit ID code containing chip enclosed in a stainless steel tab usually implemented in a small plastic holder.
ESIM384 system supports up to 16 iButton keys each holding a unique identity code (ID), which is used for system arming and disarming.
11.1. Adding and Removing iButton Keys
NOTE: iButton Key 1 can be added without Allow Adding New iButton Keys mode being enabled.
To add an iButton key to the system, do the following: a) Disarm the system in all partitions (see 12. ARMING AND DISARMING).
b) Enable Allow Adding New iButton Keys mode.
c) Touch the key to the iButton key reader when the system is disarmed.
31 d) The successfully added iButton key will be indicated by short beeps emitted by the system’s buzzer.
e) Add as many iButton keys as necessary – touch one key after another to the reader – until the number of 16 keys is reached.
Enable Allow Adding
New iButton Keys mode
SMS
EKB2
SMS text message content: ssss IBPROG:ON
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111 IBPROG:ON
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → IBUTTON KEYS → OK → NEW IBUTTON → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii - 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 18 and parameter status value:
18 0 #
Example: 180#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
When adding of iButton keys is complete, please disable Allow Adding New iButton Keys mode.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
Disable Allow Adding
New iButton Keys mode
SMS
EKB2
SMS text message content: ssss IBPROG:OFF
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111 IBPROG:OFF
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → IBUTTON KEYS → OK → NEW IBUTTON → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii - 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 18 and parameter status value:
18 1 #
Example: 181#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
To view the ID of the added iButton keys, please refer to the following configuration methods.
View iButton key ID EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → IBUTTON KEYS → OK → IBUTTON → OK → IBUTTON 1...16 → OK → ID
Value: iiii - 4-digit installer code.
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
If the iButton key is lost or stolen, due to security reasons it is highly recommended to remove it from the system.
Remove individual iButton key from the system
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → IBUTTON KEYS → OK → IBUTTON → OK → IBUTTON 1...16 → OK →
REMOVE → OK
Value: iiii - 4-digit installer code.
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Remove all iButton keys from the system
SMS
SMS text message content: ssss RESETIB
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111 RESETIB
11.2. iButton Key Names
When the system is armed or disarmed by iButton key, the system sends a confirmation by SMS text message to listed user phone number, sharing the same partition (-s) as the key. The SMS text message is sent regarding each partition separately and contains system status and partition name as well as it may contain a user name, set to the iButton key.
Manage iButton key name
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
42 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
12. ARMING AND DISARMING
The system features the following methods to carry out arming and disarming process:
• Free of charge phone call
• SMS text message
• EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad, EWKB5 touchpad and user/master code
• iButton key
• EWK2/EWK2A wireless keyfob
• Arm-Disarm by Zone
• EGR100 middle-ware
• Automatic arm/disarm by scheduler
• ELDES Cloud Services platform
The system partitions can be armed/disarmed by the listed user phone number, EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad and user/master code, iButton key, EWK2/EWK2A wireless keyfob, automatically according to the scheduled weekday and time or zone, which is set up for Arm-Disarm by Zone method. For example, if User 1 phone number is assigned to Partition 1, 2 and 4, the user will be able to arm/disarm Partition 1, 2 and 4 by a single phone call to the system (see 23. PARTITIONS).
By default, when the system is successfully armed or disarmed, it replies with confirmation by SMS text message. For more details on SMS text message regarding system arming/disarming and how to manage it, please refer to 12.10. Disabling and Enabling Arm/Disarm
Notifications.
By default, it is allowed to arm the system while the following system faults are present (see 29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS):
• Mains power is lost.
• Low battery.
• Battery dead or missing.
• Battery failed.
• Siren failed.
• Date/time not set.
• GSM connection failed.
• GSM/GPRS antenna failed.
• Wireless antenna failed.
• Keypad lost.
• Wireless power socket (EWM1) fault.
• Wireless device battery low.
• Communication to MS failed.
• RF jammer detected.
In case of violated zone/tamper presence when attempting to arm the system by free of charge phone call, SMS text message, iButton key and Arm-Disarm by Zone method, the system will reply with SMS text message containing violated zone/tamper number. Due to security reasons it is highly recommended to restore the violated zone/tamper before arming the system. For more details on how to arm the system regardless of the violated zone or tamper presence, please refer to 14.6. Zone Attributes, 14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones and 16.TAMPERS respectively.
The system ignores any incoming calls and SMS text messages from a non-listed phone number as well as it rejects the SMS text messages containing wrong SMS password even from a listed user phone number.
NOTE: The system remembers the last status (armed/disarmed) of all partitions even after complete shut down.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
12.1. Free of Charge Phone Call
To arm, disarm the system and turn OFF the alarm, dial the system‘s phone number from any of 10 available user phone numbers
(see 8. USER PHONE NUMBERS for user phone number management). The phone call is free charge as the system rejects it and carries out arming/disarming procedure afterwards. When arming – the system rejects the phone call after 2 rings, when disarming – the system rejects the phone call immediately. If there is more than one listed user dialling to the system at the same time, the sys tem will accept the incoming call from the user who was the first to dial while other user (-s) will be ignored.
When system’s phone number is dialled for arming, the system will proceed as follows:
• Non-partitioned system:
• If ready (no violated zone/tamper), the system will arm.
• If unready (violated zone/tamper is present), the system will not arm and provide a list of violated zones/tampers by SMS text message to user phone number. In such case the user must restore all violated zones and tampers before arming the system.
Alternatively, the violated zones can be bypassed (see 14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones), disabled (see 14.9. Disabling
and Enabling Zones) or a Force attribute enabled (resulting in partial arm; see 14.6. Zone Attributes), while the tampers can be disabled (see 16. TAMPERS).
• Partitioned system:
• If all partitions are disarmed ready, the system will arm them.
• If one or more partitions are disarmed unready (violated zone/tamper is present), the system will arm the ready partition (-s) and skip the unready one (-s). The system will then send an SMS text message, containing a list of violated zones/tampers, to user phone number that the system arming was initiated from.
• If a combination of armed and disarmed ready partitions is present, the system will arm the disarmed ready partitions and skip the armed ones.
When a user phone number is assigned to multiple partitions, the user will be able arm/disarm the corresponding system partitions by dialling the system’s phone number. For example, if User 1 is assigned to Partition 1, 2 and 3, the user will be able to arm/disarm Partition 1,
2 and 3 by a single phone call to the system from User 1 phone number. For more details on how to set user phone number partition, please refer to 23.2. User Phone Number Partition.
32
CALL
User ESIM384
By default, all listed user phone numbers are granted with permission to arm and disarm the system by free of charge phone call and SMS text message. To disable/enable arming or disarming for certain listed user phone numbers, please refer to the following configuration method.
Manage arming and disarming for listed user phone numbers
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
12.2. SMS Text Message
SMS
To arm the system by SMS text message, send the following text to the system‘s phone number from any of 10 available user phone numbers (see 8. USER PHONE NUMBERS for user phone number management).
Arm the system
SMS text message content: ssss ARMp or ssss ARMp,p,p,p
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; p – partition number, range – [1... 4].
Example: 1111 ARM1
33
SMS
User ESIM384
44 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
When the SMS text message for arming is sent to the system’s phone number, the system will proceed as follows:
• Non-partitioned system:
• If ready (no violated zone/tamper), the system will arm.
• If unready, the system will not arm and provide a list of violated zones/tampers by SMS text message to user phone number. In such case the user must restore all violated zones and tampers before arming the system. Alternatively, the violated zones can be bypassed (see 14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones), disabled (see 14.9. Disabling and
Enabling Zones) or a Force attribute enabled (resulting in partial arm; see 14.6. Zone Attributes), while the tampers can be disabled (see 16. TAMPERS).
• Partitioned system:
• If all partitions are disarmed ready (no violated zone/tamper), the system will arm them.
• If one or more partitions are disarmed unready (violated zone/tamper is present), the system will arm the ready partition (-s) and skip the unready one (-s). The system will then send an SMS text message, containing a list of violated zones/tampers, to user phone number that the system arming was initiated from.
• If a combination of armed and disarmed ready partitions is present, the system will arm the disarmed ready partitions and skip the armed ones.
To disarm the system and turn OFF the alarm by SMS text message, send the following text to the system‘s phone number from any of 10 available user phone numbers:
Disarm the system and turn OFF the alarm
SMS text message content: ssss DISARMp or ssss DISARMp,p,p,p
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; p – partition number, range – [1... 4].
Example: 1111 DISARM1,2,4
34
SMS
User ESIM384
When a user phone number is assigned to multiple partitions, the user will be able arm/disarm the corresponding system partitions by sending the SMS text message to the system’s phone number. For example, if User 3 is assigned to Partition 2 and 3, the user will be able to arm/disarm Partition 2 and/or 3 by sending an SMS text message from User 3 phone number. For more details on how to set user phone number partition, please refer to 23.2. User Phone Number Partition.
By default, all listed user phone numbers are granted with permission to arm and disarm the system by free of charge phone call and SMS text message. To disable/enable arming or disarming for certain listed user phone numbers, please refer to the following configuration method.
Manage arming and disarming for listed user phone numbers
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
12.3. EKB2 Keypad and User/Master Code icon displayed next to the partition name in the home screen view of EKB2 keypad indicates that no violated zones and/or tampers are present, therefore the partition is ready for arming. If icon is displayed instead, the partition is unready for arming, therefore the user must restore all violated zones and/or tampers before arming the partition. Alternatively, the violated zones can be bypassed (see
14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones), disabled (see 14.9. Disabling and Enabling Zones) or a Force attribute enabled (resulting in partial arm; see 14.6. Zone Attributes), while the tampers can be disabled (see 16. TAMPERS). icon appears in the home screen view if system fault (-s) exist (see 29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS).
When a user/master code is assigned to multiple partitions, the user will be able arm/disarm the corresponding system partitions by EKB2 keypad using partition selection menu. However, if a user/master code is assigned to Partition 1, 2 and 4, while EKB2 keypad is assigned to Partition 2, the user will be able to arm/disarm Partition 1, 2 and 4, but the keypad will only display Partition 2 name and the related information in home screen view. For more details on how to set keypad partition and user/master code partition, please refer to 23.3.
Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch and 23.4. User/ Master Code Partition respectively.
12.3.1. Arming the System
To arm the system by EKB2 keypad, enter any out of 29 available 4-digit user codes or master code using the number keys on the keypad
(see 10. MASTER AND USER CODES for user/master code management). By default, the arming process is as follows:
• Non-partitioned system - When a valid user code is entered, the system will initiate exit delay, the keypad’s buzzer will emit short beeps, the keypad will switch to home screen view and display the countdown timer.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
Arm the system
Enter user/master code: uumm → OK
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
• Partitioned system - arming a single partition – When a valid user or master code is entered, the keypad will display the partition selection menu. Once a partition that is to be armed is selected, the system will initiate exit delay. During the exit delay, the keypad’s buzzer will emit short beeps and the keypad will display ARMING part-name message for 3 seconds followed by partition selection menu. When the keypad back-light timeout expires, the home screen view will follow. If key is touched twice during exit delay, the keypad will return to home screen view and display the countdown timer next to the partition name that is being armed.
Arm the system
Enter user/master code and select partition: uumm → OK → [p] part-name → OK or OK → uumm → OK → ARM/DIS PARTITION → OK → [p] partname → OK
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code; p – partition number, range – [1... 4], part-name – up to 15 characters partition name
• Partitioned system - arming multiple partitions simultaneously – When a valid user or master code is entered, the keypad will display the partition selection menu. Once ARM ALL menu item is selected the system will proceed as follows:
• if all partitions are disarmed-ready (no violated zone/tamper), the system will initiate exit delay. During the exit delay, the keypad’s buzzer will emit short beeps and the keypad will display multiple ARMING part-name messages for 3 seconds reflecting each partition the user/master code is assigned to, followed by partition selection menu.
• if one or more partitions are disarmed unready (contains violated zone/tamper), the system will initiate exit delay. During the exit delay, the keypad’s buzzer will emit short beeps and the keypad will display ARMING part-name message (-s) reflecting ready partition (-s), while the unready partition (-s) will be skipped indicated by part-name NOT READY message (-s) followed by partition selection menu. Each message will be displayed for 2 seconds and corresponds to the partition (-s) the user/master code is assigned to.
• if a combination of armed and disarmed-ready partitions exist, the system will initiate exit delay. During the exit delay, the keypad’s buzzer will emit short beeps and the keypad will display ARMING part-name message (-s) seconds reflecting ready partition (-s), while the pre-armed partition (-s) will be skipped. Each message will be displayed for 2 seconds and corresponds to the partition (-s) the user/master code is assigned to.
When the keypad back-light timeout expires, the home screen view will follow. If key is touched twice during exit delay, the keypad will return to home screen view and display the countdown timers next to the partition names the keypad is assigned to.
Arm all partitions simultaneously
Enter user/master code: uumm → OK → ARM ALL → OK or OK → uumm → OK → ARM/DIS PARTITION → OK → ARM ALL → OK
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
When successfully armed:
• the countdown timers will disappear.
• in addition, the keypad may display icon next to the partition name that has been armed (by default – disabled).
Enable/disable Show
ARMED status in keypad
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
NOTE: If the user fails to enter a correct user/master code 10 times in a row, the system will block the keypad for 2 minutes and the keypad will display KEYPAD BLOCKED message. While the keypad is blocked, the system prevents from entering any user/master code.
The keypad will automatically unblock once the 2-minute time has expired and display KEYPAD UNBLOCKED message
12.3.2. Cancelling System Arming
To cancel the arming process:
• Non-partitioned system – Enter the user/master code again during exit delay countdown.
• Partitioned system – Select the partition again, that is currently being armed, from the partition selection menu during exit delay countdown. The keypad will display part-name ARMING TERMINATED message for 2 seconds followed by partition selection menu.
12.3.3. Disarming the System and Turning OFF the Alarm
To disarm and turn OFF the alarm, enter any out of 29 available 4-digit user codes or master code using the number keys on the keypad. By default, the system disarming process is as follows:
• Non-partitioned system – When a valid user or master code is entered, the keypad will switch to home screen view.
46 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
Disarm the system and turn OFF the alarm
Enter user/master code: uumm → OK
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
• Partitioned system - disarming a single partition – When a valid user or master code is entered, the keypad will display the partition selection menu. Once a partition that is to be disarmed is selected, the keypad will display part-name DISARMED message for 2 seconds and return to partition selection menu followed by home screen view after the keypad back-light timeout expires.
Alternatively, the key may be touched in order to instantly return to home screen view.
Disarm the system and turn OFF the alarm
Enter user/master code and select partition: uumm → OK → [p] part-name → OK or OK → uumm → OK → ARM/DIS PARTITION → OK → [p] part-name
→ OK
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code; p – partition number, range – [1... 4], part-name – up to 15 characters partition name
• Partitioned system; disarming multiple partitions simultaneously – When a valid user or master code is entered, the keypad will display the partition selection menu. Once DISARM ALL menu item is selected, the keypad will display multiple part-name DISARMED messages for 2 seconds reflecting each partition the user/master code is assigned to and return to partition selection menu followed by home screen view after the keypad back-light timeout expires. Alternatively, the key may be touched in order to instantly return to home screen view.
Disarm all partitions and turn OFF the alarm simultaneously
Enter user/master code: uumm → OK → DISARM ALL → OK or OK → uumm → OK → ARM/DIS PARTITION → OK → DISARM ALL → OK
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
When successfully disarmed, the keypad may display icon next to the partition name that has been disarmed (by default - disabled).
Enable/disable Show
ARMED status in keypad
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
NOTE: If the user fails to enter a correct user/master code 10 times in a row, the system will block the keypad for 2 minutes and the keypad will display KEYPAD BLOCKED message. While the keypad is blocked, the system prevents from entering any user/master code.
The keypad will automatically unblock once the 2-minute time has expired and display KEYPAD UNBLOCKED message.
12.4. EKB3 Keypad and User/Master Code
ATTENTION: EKB3 keypad can operate either in 2-partition or in 4-partition mode. The description of the following procedure is based on 4-partition mode operation on EKB3 keypad. The arming/disarming procedure in 2-partition mode using EKB3 keypad would be carried out identically to EKB3W/EWKB4 wireless keypads. For more details on 2-partition mode, please refer to 12.5. EKB3W/EWKB4
Keypads and User/Master Code.
Illuminated indicator on EKB3 keypad indicates that no violated zones and/or tampers are present, therefore the partition is ready for arming. If the indicator is not illuminated, the partition is unready for arming, therefore the user must restore all violated zones and/ or tampers before arming the partition. Alternatively, the violated zones can be bypassed (see 14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones), disabled (see 14.9. Disabling and Enabling Zones) or a Force attribute enabled (resulting in partial arm; see 14.6. Zone Attributes), while the tampers can be disabled (see 16. TAMPERS). Indicator will illuminate or flash if system fault (-s) exist (see 29. INDICATION
OF SYSTEM FAULTS).
The system will arm/disarm the partition corresponding to the one that user/master code and the keypad are assigned to. For example, if User code 4 is assigned to Partition 2, 3 and 4, while EKB3 keypad is assigned to Partition 2, the user will be able to arm/disarm only
Partition 2 by entering User code 4. For more details on how to set keypad partition and user/master code partition, please refer to 23.3.
Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch and 23.4. User/ Master Code Partition respectively.
12.4.1. Arming the System
To arm the system by EKB3 keypad, enter any out of 29 available 4-digit user codes or master code using the number keys on the keypad
(see 10. MASTER AND USER CODES for user/master code management). By default, the arming process is as follows:
• Non-partitioned system – When a valid user/master code is entered, the system will initiate exit delay, the keypad’s buzzer will emit short beeps and the indicator along with number [1], [2], [3] and [4] keys will light ON. When the system is successfully armed, the keypad’s buzzer will silent down.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
Arm the system
Enter user/master code: uumm
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
Example: 2222
• Partitioned system – arming a single partition – To arm a different partition than the keypad is assigned to, use keypad partition switch feature (by default – disabled; see 23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch) before the arming process.
Switch keypad partition
Hold the [1]... [4] key and release it after 3 short beeps:
Value: [1]... [4] key – partition number 1... 4 respectively.
Once the partition is switched and a valid user/master code is entered, the system will initiate exit delay, the keypad’s buzzer will emit short beeps and the indicator along with the number [1]... [4] key, indicating the partition that is to be armed, will light ON. When the system is successfully armed, the keypad’s buzzer will silent down.
Arm the system
Enter user/master code: uumm
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
Example: 2222
• Partitioned system - arming all 4 partitions simultaneously – If a user/master code assigned to all 4 partitions exists, user can arm all partitions simultaneously. When this feature is used, the system will proceed as follows:
• if all partitions are disarmed-ready (no violated zone/tamper), the system will initiate exit delay. During the exit delay, the keypad’s buzzer will emit short beeps and indicator along with number [1], [2], [3] and [4] keys will light ON. When the system is successfully armed, the keypad’s buzzer will silent down.
• if one or more partitions are disarmed unready (keypad number [1]... [4] key flashing, indicating the partition that contains violated zone/tamper), the system will initiate exit delay. During the exit delay, the keypad’s buzzer will emit short beeps and keypad indicator
(if the keypad is switched to a non-violated partition) along with the number [1]... [4] key, indicating the partition that is to be armed, will light ON. The ready partition (-s) will be armed and the unready one (-s) will be skipped.
• if a combination of armed and disarmed ready partitions is present, the system will initiate exit delay. During the exit delay, the keypad’s buzzer will emit short beeps and keypad indicator (if the keypad is switched to a disarmed partition) along with the number [1]... [4] key, indicating the partition that is to be armed, will light ON. The disarmed-ready partitions will be armed and the pre-armed ones will be skipped.
Arm all 4 partitions simultaneously
Hold the [0] key, release it after 3 short beeps and enter user/ master code:
0 uumm
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
Example: 0 2222
Alternatively, the user can arm multiple partitions one by one (see Partitioned system - arming a single partition above).
NOTE: If the user fails to enter a correct user/master code 10 times in a row, the system will block the keypad for 2 minutes. While the keypad is blocked, the system prevents from entering any user/master code. The keypad will automatically unblock once the 2-minute time has expired/
NOTE: Before arming all 4 partitions simultaneously, the user/master code must be assigned to all 4 partitions and the keypad partition switch feature enabled (see 23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch).
12.4.2. Cancelling System Arming
To cancel the arming process, enter the user/master code again during exit delay countdown.
12.4.3. Disarming the System and Turning OFF the Alarm
To disarm and turn OFF the alarm, enter any out of 29 available 4-digit user codes or master code using the number keys on the keypad. By default, the system disarming process is as follows:
• Non-partitioned system – When a valid user/ master code is entered, indicator and the number [1] key will light OFF.
Disarm the system and turn OFF the alarm
Enter user/master code: uumm
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
Example: 2222
• Partitioned system – disarming a single partition – To disarm a different partition than the keypad is assigned to, use keypad partition switch feature (by default – disabled; see 23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch) before the disarming process.
48 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
Switch keypad partition
Hold the [1]... [4] key and release it after 3 short beeps:
Value: [1]... [4] key – partition number 1... 4 respectively.
Once the partition is switched and a valid user/master code is entered, indicator and the number [1]... [4] key, indicating the partition that has been disarmed, will light OFF.
Disarm the system and turn OFF the alarm
Enter user/master code: uumm
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
Example: 2222
• Partitioned system - disarming all 4 partitions simultaneously – If a user/master code assigned to all 4 partitions exists, user can disarm and turn OFF the alarm in all partitions simultaneously. When this feature is used, the system will proceed as follows:
• if all partitions are armed and a valid user/master code is entered, indicator along with the number [1], [2], [3] and [4] keys will light OFF.
• if one or more partitions are disarmed unready (keypad number [1]... [4] key flashing, indicating the partition that contains violated zone/tamper), the system will deny simultaneous partition disarming until the partition’s zone/tamper violation is removed.
• if a combination of armed and disarmed ready partitions is present, the system will initiate exit delay. During the exit delay, the keypad’s buzzer will emit short beeps and keypad indicator (if the keypad is switched to a disarmed partition) along with the number [1]... [4] key, indicating the partition that is to be armed, will light ON. The disarmed-ready partitions will be armed and the pre-armed ones will be skipped. In order to disarm all 4 partitions simultaneously, the user must repeat the following command:
Disarm and turn OFF the alarm in all 4 partitions simultaneously
Hold the [0] key, release it after 3 short beeps and enter user/ master code:
0 uumm
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
Example: 0 2222
Alternatively, the user can disarm and turn OFF the alarm in multiple partitions one by one (see Partitioned system - disarming a single
partition above).
NOTE: If the user fails to enter a correct user/master code 10 times in a row, the system will block the keypad for 2 minutes. While the keypad is blocked, the system prevents from entering any user/master code. The keypad will automatically unblock once the 2-minute time has expired.
NOTE: Before disarming all 4 partitions simultaneously, the user/master code must be assigned to all 4 partitions and the keypad partition switch feature enabled (see 23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch).
12.5. EKB3W/EWKB4 Keypads and User/Master Code
ATTENTION: The user will be able arm/disarm only the first two system partitions using EKB3W keypad. Partition 3 and Partition 4 are
NOT supported by EKB3W keypad.
Illuminated indicator on EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad indicates that no violated zones and/or tampers are present, therefore the partition is ready for arming. If the indicator is not illuminated, the partition is unready for arming, therefore the user must restore all violated zones and/or tampers before arming the partition. Alternatively, the violated zones can be bypassed (see 14.7. Bypassing and Activating
Zones), disabled (see 14.9. Disabling and Enabling Zones) or a Force attribute enabled (resulting in partial arm; see 14.6. Zone
Attributes), while the tampers can be disabled (see 16. TAMPERS). Indicator will illuminate or flash if system fault (-s) exist (see 29.
INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS).
The system will arm/disarm the partition corresponding to the one that user/master code and the keypad are assigned to. For example, if User code 4 is assigned to Partition 2, while EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad is assigned to Partition 1, the user will be able to arm/disarm only
Partition 2 by entering User code 4. For more details on how to set keypad partition and user/master code partition, please refer to 23.3.
Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch and 23.4. User/ Master Code Partition respectively.
12.5.1. Arming the System
• Non-partitioned system – When a valid user/master code is entered, the system will initiate exit delay, the keypad’s buzzer will emit short beeps and the indicator will light ON. When the system is successfully armed, the keypad’s buzzer will silent down.
Arm the system
Enter user/master code: uumm
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
Example: 2222
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
• Partitioned system - arming a single partition – To arm a different partition than the keypad is assigned to, use keypad partition switch feature (by default – disabled; see 23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch) before the arming process.
Switch keypad partition
Hold the [1]... [2] key and release it after 3 short beeps:
Value: [1]... [2] key – partition number 1... 2 respectively.
Once the partition is switched, indicator will light ON in EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad’s section A (= Partition 1) or B (= Partition 2) and a by entering a valid user/master code, the system will initiate exit delay, the keypad’s buzzer will emit short beeps and the indicator will light ON in the respective EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad’s section. When the system is successfully armed, the keypad’s buzzer will silent down.
Arm the system
Enter user/master code: uumm
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
Example: 2222
To arm multiple partitions, please arm the partitions one by one by following the aforementioned procedure.
NOTE: If the user fails to enter a correct user/master code 10 times in a row, the system will block the keypad for 2 minutes. While the keypad is blocked, the system prevents from entering any user/master code. The keypad will automatically unblock once the 2-minute time has expired/
12.5.2. Cancelling System Arming
To cancel the arming process, enter the user/master code again during exit delay countdown.
12.5.3. Disarming the System and Turning OFF the Alarm
To disarm and turn OFF the alarm, enter any out of 29 available 4-digit user codes or master code using the number keys on the keypad. By default, the system disarming process is as follows:
• Non-partitioned system – When a valid user/ master code is entered, indicator will light OFF.
Disarm the system and turn OFF the alarm
Enter user/master code: uumm
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
Example: 2222
• Partitioned system - disarming a single partition – To disarm and turn OFF the alarm in a different partition than the keypad is assigned to, use keypad partition switch feature (by default – disabled; see 23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch) before the disarming process.
Switch keypad partition
Hold the [1]... [2] key and release it after 3 short beeps:
Value: [1]... [2] key – partition number 1... 2 respectively.
Once the partition is switched, indicator will light ON in EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad’s section A (= Partition 1) or B (= Partition 2) and a by entering a valid user/master code, indicator will light OFF.
Disarm the system and turn OFF the alarm
Enter user/master code: uumm
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
Example: 2222
To disarm and turn OFF the alarm in multiple partitions, please disarm the partitions one by one by following the aforementioned procedure.
NOTE: If the user fails to enter a correct user/master code 10 times in a row, the system will block the keypad for 2 minutes. While the keypad is blocked, the system prevents from entering any user/master code. The keypad will automatically unblock once the 2-minute time has expired.
50 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
12.6. iButton Key
To arm or disarm the system and turn OFF the alarm, touch the iButton key reader by any of 16 available iButton keys (see 11.
iBUTTON KEYS for iBut ton key management). When the iButton is touched to the iButton key reader for arming, the system will proceed as follows:
Non-partitioned system:
• If ready (no violated zone/tamper), the system will initiate exit delay and arm.
• If unready, the system will not arm and provide a list of violated zones/tampers by SMS text message to user phone number. In such case the user must restore all violated zones and tampers before arming the system. Alternatively, the violated zones can be bypassed (see 14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones), disabled (see 14.9. Disabling and Enabling
Zones) or a Force attribute enabled (resulting in partial arm; see 14.6. Zone Attributes), while the tampers can be disabled (see 16. TAMPERS).
Partitioned system:
• If all partitions are disarmed ready (no violated zone/tamper), the system will initiate exit delay and arm them.
• If one or more partitions are disarmed unready (violated zone/tamper is present), the system will arm the ready par tition
(-s) and skip the unready one (-s).
• If a combination of armed and disarmed ready partitions is present, the system will initiate exit delay, arm the disarmed ready partitions and skip the armed ones.
35
When an iButton key is assigned to multiple partitions, the user will be able to arm/disarm the corresponding system partitions by touching the iButton key to the reader. For example, if iButton 5 is assigned to Partition 1 and 4, the user will be able to arm/ disarm Partition 1 and 4 by touching iButton 5 to the reader. For more details on how to set iButton key partition, please refer to 23.5. iButton Key Partition.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
12.7. EWK2 Wireless Keyfob
EWK2
Overview:
EWK2/EWK2A is a wireless device intended to remotely arm and disarm ESIM384 alarm system, cause system alarm (EWK2A
Panic Alarm) or to control any electric appliance connected to the alarm system’s PGM output (EWK2). The maximum wireless connection range is 150m (492.13ft) (in open areas).
By default, one pair of EWK2 buttons is already configured to arm and disarm the alarm system (configurable). ELDES alarm system supports up to 16 EWK2/EWK2A devices with the same configuration (Public configuration) or up to 5 EWK2/EWK2A devices with custom configuration (Private configuration).
For more information please refer to user manual of EWK2/EWK2A device, located at eldesalarms.com
Non-partitioned system:
To arm the system, press 1 of 4 keyfob buttons set to arm the system (by default, EWK 2 - ). When EWK2 button is pressed for arming, the system will proceed as follows:
• If ready (no violated zone/tamper), the system will arm.
• If unready, the system will not arm. In such case the user must restore all violated zones and tampers before arming the system. Alternatively, the violated zones can be bypassed (see 14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones), disabled (see
14.9. Disabling and Enabling Zones) or a Force attribute enabled (resulting in partial arm; see 14.6. Zone Attributes), while the tampers can be disabled (see 16. TAMPERS).
Partitioned system:
To arm the system, press 1 of 4 keyfob buttons with Partition Selection action assigned followed by a button with Arm the
System action assigned (by default, EWK 2 - ). When EWK2 button is pressed for arming, the system will proceed as follows:
• If all partitions are disarmed ready (no violated zone/tamper), the system will arm them.
• If one or more partitions are disarmed unready (violated zone/tamper is present), the system will arm the ready par tition
(-s) and skip the unready one (-s).
• If a combination of armed and disarmed ready partitions is present, the system will arm the disarmed ready partitions and skip the armed ones.
36
Arm the system
To disarm the system, press 1 of 4 keyfob buttons set to disarm the system (by default, EWK2 -
37
).
Disarm the system
To verify if the system has been successfully armed, do not release the Arm the System keyfob button and wait for the 3 short keyfob buzzer’s beeps/indicator’s flashes indicating the successfully carried out command. The long beep/flash indicates the unsuccessful command.
When a certain keyfob’s button is assigned to multiple partitions, the user will be able to arm/disarm the corresponding system partition (-s) assigned to the button with Partition Selection action followed by a button with Arm the System/Disarm the
System action. For more details on how to set the keyfob partition, please refer to Eldes Utility ‘s documentation.
NOTE: Single EWK2 keyfob button can be configured to carry out Partition Selection and Control Output/Output Toggle/Output Pulse actions.
In such case the PGM output control action will be executed with a 3-second delay once the button is pressed and in case it is not followed within a 3-second period by a button with Arm the System or Disarm the System action assigned.
52 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
12.8. Arm-Disarm by Zone
ARM/
DISARM
ZONE
The Arm-Disarm by Zone feature allows to use a zone for arming and disarming the alarm system. The process is performed by applying a low-level pulse for more than 3 seconds to the specified zone. It means that violating and restoring the zone leads to system arming and by repeating this action the system becomes disarmed. The system will arm/disarm the partition (-s) that the zone is assigned to. Up to 4 on-board zones can be set to arm/disarm up to 4 system partitions by this method.
Set zone for Arm-
Disarm by Zone method
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ARM/DISARM BY ZONE → OK → ZONE 1... 4 → OK → nn
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; nn – on-board zone number, range – [01... 16].
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 34, on-board zone slot and zone number:
34 z nn #
Value: z – on-board zone slot for Arm-Disarm by Zone method; range - [1... 4]; nn – on-board zone number, range – [01... 16].
Example: 34023#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Disable Arm-Disarm by
Zone method
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ARM/DISARM BY ZONE → OK → ZONE 1... 4 → OK → 0
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 34, on-board zone slot and parameter status value:
34 z 00 #
Value: z – on-board zone slot for Arm-Disarm by Zone method; range - [1... 4].
Example: 34200#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
12.9. Automatic Arm/Disarm by Scheduler
The system comes equipped with an automatic arm/disarm feature that operates according to the specified weekday and time. This feature requires to set up the Start Time value of a certain scheduler and assign it to either Arm System or Disarm System action, which is associated with a certain partition (all partitions).
Manage automatic arm/disarm method
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
For more details on the scheduler management, please refer to 18.6.2. Schedulers.
12.10. Disabling and Enabling Arm/Disarm Notifications
By default, when the system is successfully armed or disarmed, it replies with confirmation by SMS text message to:
• user phone number, sharing the same partition as EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad and user/master code, iButton key, EWK2 wireless keyfob or zone, set up for Arm/Disarm by Zone method.
• user phone number that the system arming/disarming by free of charge phone call was initiated from.
• user phone number that the system arming/disarming by SMS text message was initiated from.
The confirmation SMS text message is sent to the user phone number regarding each partition separately and contains system status and partition name as well as it may contain a user name assigned to user phone number, user/master code or iButton key. For more details on names, please refer to 8.1. User Phone Number Names, 10.1. User/Master Code Names and 11.2. iButton Key Names.
To disable/enable this notification for individual user phone number, please refer to the following configuration methods.
Disable arm/disarm notification
EKB2
Menu path:
System armed:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
Disable arm/disarm notification
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
System disarmed:
User phone number: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → SMS TO
ALL → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii - 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:
System armed event
User phone number: 25 01 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 01 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 01 0 #
System disarmed event
User phone number: 25 02 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 02 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 02 0 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2502040#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Enable arm/disarm notification
EKB2
Menu path:
System armed:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK
→ GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
System disarmed:
User phone number: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → SMS TO
ALL → OK → ENBABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE
→ OK
Value: iiii - 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:
System armed event
User phone number : 25 01 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 01 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 01 1 #
System disarmed event
User phone number: 25 02 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 02 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 02 1 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2502061#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
ATTENTION: The system will always deliver an SMS notification to the user after arming/disarming the system by SMS text message or Call method, even if the arm/ disarm SMS notification is disabled.
For more details on how Send SMS text message to all users simultaneously and SMS delivery report parameters affect the SMS text message transmission, please refer to 27. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS.
54 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
13. EXIT AND ENTRY DELAY
When arming, the system initiates the exit delay countdown (by default – 15 seconds) intended for the user to leave the secured area. The exit delay is indicated by short beeps emitted by EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad buzzer and buzzer, connected to the alarm system.
When arming:
• a non-partitioned system, a countdown timer will be displayed in the home screen view of EKB2 during exit delay.
• a partitioned system, EKB2 keypad will display ARMING part-name message on the screen for 2 seconds and switch to partition selection menu during exit delay.
Exit delay is provided when arming the system by the following methods:
• EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad and user/master code.
• iButton key.
• Arm/Disarm by Zone.
To arm the system without exit delay, use one of the following system arming methods:
• Free of charge phone call.
• SMS text message.
• EWK2/EWK2A wireless keyfob
• EGR100 middle-ware.
Set exit delay
SMS
EKB2
SMS text message content: ssss EXITDELAY:p,ext or ssss EXITDELAY:p,ext;p,ext;p,ext;p,ext
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; p – partition number, range – [1... 4], ext – exit delay duration, range – [0... 600] seconds.
Example: 1111 EXITDELAY:1,20;3,43
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → EXIT DELAY → OK → PARTITION 1... 4 → OK → ext → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code;, ext – exit delay duration, range – [0... 600] seconds.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 72, partition number and exit delay duration:
72 pp ext #
Value: pp – partition number, range – [01... 04], ext – exit delay duration, range – [0... 600] seconds.
Example: 7203259#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
NOTE: Alternatively, you can set exit delay value to “0” in order to arm the system without exit delay by any available method.
NOTE: EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad buzzer will only beep if the keypad is operating in the partition where exit delay countdown is in progress.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
Once the exit delay has expired, the system is armed. Upon return and violation of delay zone, the system will initiate the entry delay countdown (by default – 15 seconds) after the user has entered the secured area. The countdown is indicated by short beeps provided emitted by keypad internal buzzer. Once the user presses/touches any key on the keypad during this delay, the buzzer of the keypad will be silenced.
Entry delay countdown is intended for user to enter a valid user code and disarm the system before the alarm is caused.
Set entry delay for
Delay zone
SMS
SMS text message content: ssss ENTRYDELAY:nn,eeeee or ssss ENTRYDELAY:nn,eeeee;nn,eeeee;nn,eeeee;nn,eeeee
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; nn – zone number, range – [1... 144], eeeee – entry delay duration, range – [0... 9999] seconds.
Example: 1111 ENTRYDELAY:1,25;54,14;12,20
EKB2
Menu path:
On-board zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ONBOARD ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 16 → OK
→ ENTRY DELAY → OK → eeeee → OK
Wireless zone: OK → iiii → OK → WIRELESS ZONES → OK → WIRELESS ZONES 1... 4 → OK →
WIRELESS ZONE 17... 144 → OK → ENTRY DELAY → OK → eeeee → OK
Keypad zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → KEYPAD ZONES → OK → 1ST... 4TH KEYPAD
ZONE → OK → ENTRY DELAY → OK → eeeee → OK
EPGM1 zone: ... → EPGM1 ZONES 1-16... EPGM1 ZONES 17-32 → OK → EPGM1 ZONE 1... 32 →
OK → ENTRY DELAY → OK → eeeee → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; eeeee – entry delay duration, range – [0... 9999] seconds.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 54, partition number and entry delay duration:
54 nn eeeee #
Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 144] , eeeee – entry delay duration, range – [0... 9999] seconds
Example: 5403259#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
NOTE: Due to battery power saving reasons, EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad buzzer will not sound during entry delay if the violated Delay type zone is not of the associated EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad.
For more details on zone types, please refer to 14.5. Zone Type Definitions.
56 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
14. ZONES
Detection devices such as motion detectors and door contacts are connected to the alarm system’s zone terminals. Once connected, the associated zone’s parameters must be configured.
ESIM384 comes equipped with 8 on-board zones allowing to connect up to 8 detection devices. For more details regarding zone expansion, please refer to 14.2. Zone Expansion.
ESIM384 zones are classified by 5 categories:
Zone category
On-board zones
Keypad zones
EPGM1 zones
Wireless zones
Virtual zones
Description
Max. number of zones per device
Built-in wired zones of ESIM384 alarm system.
8/16*
Hardwired zones of EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad. 1
16 Zones of EPGM1 - hardwired zone and PGM output expansion module.
Non-physical zones automatically created by connected wireless devices.
4**
Non-physical zones intended for Panic button feature (alarm activation upon pressing the button) on EWK2 wireless keyfob. Virtual zones can be manually created using Eldes Utility .
64****
Max. number of zones in total
8/16*
4
32
128***
64****
* - 8-Zone mode is enabled by default. ATZ mode doubles the on-board zone number and increases it to 16 in total.
** - Depends on the paired wireless device.
*** - Available only if no keypad zones, EPGM1 zones and virtual zones are present.
**** - Available only if no keypad zones, EPGM1 zones and wireless zones are present.
14.1. Zone Numbering
The zone numbers ranging from Z1 through Z16 are permanently reserved for on-board zones even when ATZ mode is disabled. The
Z17-Z144 zone numbers are automatically assigned in the chronological order to the created virtual zones and the devices connected to the system: keypads, wireless devices, EPGM1 modules.
14.2. Zone Expansion
For additional detection device connection, the number of zones can be expanded by:
• enabling the ATZ (Advanced Technology zone) mode (see 14.4. ATZ (Advanced Technology Zone) Mode).
• connecting EPGM1 hardwired zone and PGM output expansion module.
• connecting keypads (see 32.1.1. EKB2 – LCD Keypad, 32.1.2. EKB3 – LED Keypad and 19.4. EKB3W/EWKB4 – Wireless LED
Keypad).
• pairing wireless devices (see 19. WIRELESS DEVICES).
• creating virtual zones (see Eldes Utility ’s Help section).
The maximum supported number of zones is 144.
14.3. 8-Zone Mode
By default, ESIM384 alarm system runs in the 8-Zone mode under zone connection Type 1 allowing to connect up to 8 detection devices of
NO (normally-open) type to the on-board zone terminals as indicated in the wiring diagram of Type 1. Different zone connection types of
8-Zone mode can be individually assigned to each on-board zone.
The EPGM1 module supports “non ATZ” mode only, while the selected zone connection type applies to hardwired zones of EPGM1 module altogether. By default, EPGM1 module runs under zone connection Type 1. However, a mixed combination of Type 1 and Type 2 zone connection types is supported simultaneously regardless of the type (Type 1 or Type 2) selected in the system’s configuration. Once Type 3 zone connection type is selected, the detection device wiring on EPGM1 module zones must be done according to the wiring diagram of the associated type.
The keypads support Type 1 and Type 2 wiring. A mixed combination of both zone connection types is supported by keypad zones.
Zone connection types featured by 8-Zone mode are following:
• Type 1 – Parallel wiring of NO (normally-open) detection device with 5,6kΩ EOL (end-of-line) resistor.
• Type 2 – Consecutive wiring of NC (normally-closed) detection device with 5,6kΩ EOL resistor.
• Type 3 – Combination of serial and parallel wiring of tamper with 5,6kΩ EOL resistor and NC detection device with 3,3kΩ EOL resistor.
For zone wiring diagrams of the “non ATZ” mode, please refer to 2.3.2. Zone Connection Types.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
Set zone connection type of “non ATZ” mode for on-board and
EPGM1 zones
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
NOTE: Type 3 is NOT supported by keypad zones.
14.4. ATZ (Advanced Technology Zone) Mode
The ATZ mode is a software-based feature that doubles the number of on-board zones and enables two detection devices to be installed per 1 zone terminal. Once this mode is enabled, the zone connection Type 4 is set automatically. The detection devices must be wired to the on-board zone terminals as indicated in the wiring diagram of the associated zone connection type. Different zone connection types of ATZ mode can be individually assigned to each on-board zone pair i.e. Z1 - Z9, Z2 - Z10 etc. .
Once enabled, the ATZ mode DOES NOT affect EPGM1 zones, nor keypad zones and applies to on-board zones only. The ATZ mode is NOT supported by EPGM1 and keypad zones.
Zone connection types featured by ATZ mode are the following:
• Type 4 – Parallel wiring of 2 NC (normally-closed) detection devices with 5,6kΩ and 3,3kΩ EOL (end-of-line) resistors respectively.
5,6kΩ EOL resistor corresponds to zones ranging from Z1 through Z8, while 3,3kΩ EOL resistor corresponds to zones ranging from Z9 through Z16.
• Type 5 – Combination of consecutive and parallel wiring of tamper with 5,6kΩ EOL resistor and 2 NC (normally-closed) detection devices with 5,6kΩ and 3,3kΩ EOL resistors respectively. 5,6kΩ EOL resistor corresponds to zones ranging from Z1 through Z8, while 3,3kΩ
EOL resistor corresponds to zones ranging from Z9 through Z16.
For zone wiring diagrams of the ATZ mode, please refer to 2.3.2. Zone Connection Types.
Enable ATZ mode EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ATZ MODE → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 28 and parameter status value:
28 1 #
Example: 281#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Disable ATZ mode EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ATZ MODE → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 28 and parameter status value:
28 0 #
Example: 280#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Set zone connection type of ATZ mode for on-board zones
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
14.5. Zone Type Definitions
58 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
• Interior Follower – The zone can be violated during exit and entry delay without causing an alarm. If the zone is violated before the entry delay has begun, it will cause an instant alarm followed by single notification delivery even if the zone has been violated multiple times while alarm period (by default - 1 minute) is in progress. If another Interior Follower-type zone has been violated it should act in the same way - cause an instant alarm followed by single notification delivery even if the zone has been violated multiple times while alarm period (by default - 1 minute) is in progress.
• Instant – The alarm is instantly caused if this zone is violated when the system is armed or during entry delay. This zone type is usually used for doors, windows, shock sensors or other zones.
• 24-Hour – When the system is either armed or disarmed, the zone will cause instant alarm if violated. Normally, this type of zone is used for securing the areas that require constant supervisory.
• Delay – This zone type can be violated during exit and entry delay without causing an alarm. If the zone is violated when the system is armed, it will initiate entry delay countdown intended for the user to disarm the system. If the zone remains violated after the exit delay expires, it will cause an instant alarm. Typically, this zone type is used for door contacts installed at designated exit/entry doors.
• Fire – If this zone type is violated when the system is either armed or disarmed, the alarm will be instantly caused and the siren/bell will emit pulsating sound. Once the alarm is caused by violating a Fire-type zone followed by turning OFF the alarm using any available disarm method, the system will ignore the violations of any Fire-type zone (including the repeated violations of the said zone) caused within a 1-minute time frame. Typically, this zone type is used for flame and smoke detectors.
• Panic/Silent – This zone operates the same as 24-Hour zone type, but the system will not activate the siren/bell and keypad buzzer if violated. Normally, this zone type used for panic alarm buttons.
• CO Sensor – This zone type operates identically to Fire zone type and it is used for CO (carbon monoxide) detector.
• Report/Control – This zone operates the same as Panic/Silent zone type, but unique event data message will be transmitted to the monitoring station if violated. However, no alarm will be caused - the system will NOT dial the listed user phone number regardless of the status of Call in Case of Alarm feature (enabled or disabled), nor the siren will sound. Typically, this zone type is used to report a certain non-alarm event, such as heating activation or fault.
• Instant Silent – This zone operates in the same way as Panic/Silent, but only when the system is armed.
Set zone type for individual zone
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Menu path:
On-board zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ONBOARD ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 16 → OK
→ TYPE → OK → INTERIOR FOLLOWER | INSTANT | 24- HOUR | DELAY | FIRE | PANIC/SILENT |
CO SENSOR | REPORT/CTRL | INSTANT SILENT → OK
Wireless zone: OK → iiii → OK → WIRELESS ZONES → OK → WIRELESS ZONES 1... 4 → OK →
WIRELESS ZONE 17...144 → OK → TYPE → OK → INTERIOR FOLLOWER | INSTANT | 24-HOUR |
DELAY | FIRE | PANIC/SILENT | CO SENSOR | REPORT/CTRL | INSTANT SILENT → OK
Keypad zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → KEYPAD ZONES → OK → 1ST... 4TH KEYPAD
ZONE → OK → TYPE → OK → INTERIOR FOLLOWER | INSTANT | 24-HOUR | DELAY | FIRE |
PANIC/SILENT | CO SENSOR | REPORT/CTRL | INSTANT SILENT → OK
EPGM1 zone: ... → 1...8. EPGM1 ZONES 1-16... EPGM1 ZONES 17-32 → OK → EPGM1 ZONE 1...
32 → OK → INTERIOR FOLLOWER | INSTANT | 24-HOUR | DELAY | FIRE | PANIC/SILENT | CO
SENSOR | REPORT/CTRL | INSTANT SILENT → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 53, zone number and zone type number:
53 nn 1 # – Interior Follower
53 nn 2 # – Instant
53 nn 3 # – 24-Hour
53 nn 4 # – Delay
53 nn 5 # – Fire
53 nn 6 # – Panic/Silent
53 nn 7 # – CO Sensor
53 nn 8 # – Report/Control
53 nn 9 # – Instant Silent
Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 144]
Example: 53125#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
NOTE: The system will NOT activate siren and keypad buzzer only when Panic/Silent, Report/Control or Instant Silent zone type is violated.
14.6. Zone Attributes
• Stay – If this attribute is enabled, the zone, regardless of its type, will not cause an alarm if violated when the system is STAY-armed.
By enabling this attribute, Alarm Count to Bypass feature will not operate with the same zone. For more details on arming the system in the Stay mode, please refer to 15. STAY MODE.
• Force – This attribute determines whether the system can be armed or not while a zone is violated resulting in partial arm event. If a
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
zone with the Force attribute enabled remains violated until the exit delay expires, it will be ignored. Once the system is partially armed followed by zone restore, the violation of this zone will no longer be ignored and the zone will operate according to the determined type. For more details on zone types, please refer to 14.5. Zone Type Definitions.
• Shared – This attribute determines whether a zone, assigned to multiple partitions, will cause an alarm or not in the associated armed partition if violated. If a zone with the Shared attribute enabled is violated when at least one of the associated partitions is disarmed, the alarm will not be caused. Once the system is armed in all of the associated partitions, the zone with Shared attribute enabled will operate according to the determined type. Typically, this attribute is used for shared areas, such as corridors.
• Delay, s – This attribute determines the zone sensitivity level by delay time (by default – 15 seconds). If the zone remains triggered until the delay time expires, the zone is considered violated. This attribute does not apply to wireless zones, keypad zones and virtual zones.
• Cross-Zone/Intelli-Zone is a method used to prevent false alarms. The system will not cause an alarm unless two associated zones are violated within a specified time period, known as Alarm Confirmation Timeout. By associating a certain zone to itself, the system would cause an alarm only if the zone has been violated repeatedly within the Alarm Confirmation Timeout. This feature operates with all zone categories including virtual zones.
• Delay becomes Instant in Stay mode – This attribute determines whether or not any Delay type zone will operate as Instant type zone when the system is armed in the Stay mode. When the system is fully armed, the Delay type zone will operate normally. For more details on Delay and Instant zone types, please refer to 14.5. Zone Type Definitions.
• Chime – This feature is used to emit 3 short beeps from the keypad buzzer whenever any Delay type zone is violated while the system is disarmed. Typically, the feature is used for designated exit/entry doors to indicate the opening of the doors.
• Bell - This attribute operates identically as Chime and applies to EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad only.
• Alarm Count to Bypass – This attribute determines a number of times the zone can be violated until it is automatically bypassed. It can be assigned to Interior Follower, Instant, Delay and Instant Silent zone types only. Alarm Count to Bypass becomes inactive once the Stay attribute is enabled on the same zone. For more details on zone bypassing and how to activate a bypassed zone, please refer to 14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones.
NOTE: Due to battery power saving reasons, EKB3W/EWKB4 wireless keypad buzzer will not sound if the Bell attribute is not enabled and the violated Delay type zone is not of the associated EKB3W/EWKB4 wireless keypad. For more details on EKB3W/EWKB4 wireless keypad, please refer to 19.5. EKB3W/EWKB4 – Wireless LED Keypad.
Enable Stay attribute for individual zone
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Menu path:
On-board zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ONBOARD ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 16 → OK
→ STAY → OK → ENABLE → OK
Wireless zone : OK → iiii → OK → WIRELESS ZONES → OK → WIRELESS ZONES 1... 4 → OK →
WIRELESS ZONE 17... 144 → OK → STAY → OK → ENABLE → OK
Keypad zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → KEYPAD ZONES → OK → 1ST... 4TH KEPAD
ZONE → OK → STAY → OK → ENABLE → OK
EPGM1 zone: ... → EPGM1 ZONES 1-16... EPGM1 ZONES 17-32 → OK → 1...8. EPGM1 ZONE 1...
32 → OK → STAY → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 56, zone number and parameter status value:
56 nn 1 #
Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 144].
Example: 56041#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Disable Stay attribute for individual zone
EKB2
Menu path:
On-board zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ONBOARD ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 16 →
OK → STAY → OK → DISABLE → OK
Wireless zone: OK → iiii → OK → WIRELESS ZONES → OK → WIRELESS ZONES 1... 4 → OK →
WIRELESS ZONE 17... 144 → OK → STAY → OK → DISABLE → OK
Keypad zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → KEYPAD ZONES → OK → 1ST... 4TH KEYPAD
ZONE → OK → STAY → OK → DISABLE → OK
EPGM1 zone: ... → EPGM1 ZONES 1-16... EPGM1 ZONES 17-32 → OK → 1...8. EPGM1 ZONE 1...
32 → OK → STAY → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 56, zone number and parameter status value:
56 nn 0 #
Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 144].
Example: 56190#
60 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Enable Force attribute for individual zone
EKB2
Menu path:
On-board zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ONBOARD ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 16 → OK
→ FORCE → OK → ENABLE → OK
Wireless zone: OK → iiii → OK → WIRELESS ZONES → OK → WIRELESS ZONES 1... 4 → OK →
WIRELESS ZONE 17... 144 → OK → FORCE → OK → ENABLE → OK
Keypad zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → KEYPAD ZONES → OK → 1ST... 4TH KEYPAD
ZONE → OK → FORCE → OK → ENABLE → OK
EPGM1 zone: ... → EPGM1 ZONES 1-16... EPGM1 ZONES 17-32 → OK → 1... 8. EPGM1 ZONE 1...
32 → OK → FORCE → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 82, zone number and parameter status value:
82 nn 1 #
Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 144].
Example: 82061#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Disable Force attribute for individual zone
EKB2
Menu path:
On-board zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ONBOARD ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 16 → OK
→ FORCE → OK → DISABLE → OK
Wireless zone: OK → iiii → OK → WIRELESS ZONES → OK → WIRELESS ZONES 1... 4 → OK →
WIRELESS ZONE 17... 144 → OK → FORCE → OK → DISABLE → OK
Keypad zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → KEYPAD ZONES → OK → 1ST... 4TH KEYPAD
ZONE → OK → FORCE → OK → DISABLE → OK
EPGM1 zone: ... → EPGM1 ZONES 1-16... EPGM1 ZONES 17-32 → OK → 1...8. EPGM1 ZONE 1...
32 → OK → FORCE → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 82, zone number and parameter status value:
82 nn 0 #
Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 144].
Example: 82110#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Enable/disable
Shared attribute for individual zone
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Set Delay,s attribute
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Enable/disable Delay becomes Instant in
Stay mode attribute
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
Disable Chime attribute
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → CHIME → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 32 and parameter status value:
32 0 #
Example: 320#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Enable Chime attribute EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → CHIME → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 32 and parameter status value:
32 1 #
Example: 321#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
By default, Cross-Zone/Intelli-Zone is not set. To associate two zones and/or set the Alarm Confirmation Timeout, please refer to the following configuration method.
Associate a zone for
Cross-Zone/Intelli-Zone attribute
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Set Alarm
Confirmation Timeout
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Set Alarm Count to
Bypass attribute for individual zone
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
ATTENTION: Cross-Zone/Intelli-Zone feature is NOT recommended in case it is necessary to bypass the associated zone, otherwise the zone that requires alarm confirmation will never cause an alarm when violated.
62 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones
NOTE for EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4: The Configuration mode must remain deactivated before bypassing a violated zone or activating a bypassed zone.
Zone bypassing allows the user to deactivate a violated zone and arm the system without restoring the zone. If a bypassed zone is violated or restored during exit/entry delay, or when then system is armed, it will be ignored. When a zone is bypassed, EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad indicator will light ON and EKB2 keypad will display icon in the home screen view.
Bypass individual violated zone
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → uumm → OK → BYPASS → OK → BYPASS LIST 1... 9 → OK → Z1-zone-name... Z144zone-name → OK → BYPASS → OK
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code; zone-name – up to 24 characters zone name.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Press the key, enter zone number and user/master code:
nn uumm #
Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 144]; uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
Example: 091111#
Bypass all violated zones
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → uumm → OK → BYPASS → OK → BYP VIOLATED ZONES → OK
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
The zone will remain bypassed until the system is disarmed. Once the system is disarmed, the corresponding zone state will be indicated on the keypads (see 32.1.1. EKB2 – LCD Keypad, 32.1.2. EKB3 – LED Keypad and 19.5. EKB3W/EWKB4 – Wireless LED Keypad ) and Info SMS text message (see 26. SYSTEM INFORMATION. INFO SMS). Alternatively, the user can activate the bypassed zone by the following configuration methods.
Activate bypassed zone
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → uumm → OK → BYPASS → OK → BYPASS LIST 1... 9 → OK → Z1-zone-name... Z144zone-name → OK → UNBYPASS → OK
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code; zone-name – up to 24 characters zone name.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Press the key, enter zone number and user/master code:
nn uumm #
Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 144]; uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
Example: 251111#
NOTE: Zones can only be bypassed and activated when the system is not armed.
14.8. Zone Names
Each zone has a name that can be customized by the user. Typically, the name specifies a device type connected to a determined zone terminal, for Example: Kitchen doors opened. The zone names are used in SMS text messages that are sent to the user during alarm, the
By default, the zone names are: Z1 – Zone1, Z2 – Zone2, Z3 – Zone3, Z4 – Zone4 etc.
Set zone name
SMS
SMS text message content: ssss Znn:zone-name
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; nn – zone number, range – [1... 144]; zone-name – up to 24 characters zone name.
Example: 1111 Z3:Door sensor triggered
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
View zone names
SMS
SMS text message content: ssss STATUS
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111 STATUS
EKB2
Menu path:
On-board zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ONBOARD ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 16 →
OK → NAME
Wireless zone: OK → iiii → OK → WIRELESS ZONES → OK → WIRELESS ZONES 1... 4 → OK →
WIRELESS ZONE 17... 144 → OK → NAME
Keypad zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → KEYPAD ZONES → OK → 1ST... 4TH KEYPAD
ZONE → OK → NAME
EPGM1 zone: ... → EPGM1 ZONES 1-16... EPGM1 ZONES 17-32 → OK → 1... 8. EPGM1 ZONE 1...
32 → OK → NAME
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
ATTENTION: Colon, semi-colon characters, parameter names and/or values, such as PSW, STATUS, ON, OFF etc. are NOT allowed in zone names
NOTE: Multiple zone names can be set by a single SMS text message, Example: 1111 Z1:Kitchen doors opened;Z3:Movement in basement;Z4:Bedroom window opened
14.9. Disabling and Enabling Zones
By default, all zones, except keypad and virtual zones, are enabled. To permanently disable/enable an individual zone, please refer to the following configuration methods.
Disable zone
SMS
EKB2
SMS text message content: ssss Znn:OFF
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; nn – zone number, range – [1... 144].
Example: 1111 Z13:OFF
Menu path:
On-board zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ONBOARD ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 16 →
OK → STATUS → OK → DISABLE → OK
Wireless zone: OK → iiii → OK → WIRELESS ZONES → OK → WIRELESS ZONES 1... 4 → OK →
WIRELESS ZONE 17... 144 → OK → STATUS → OK → DISABLE → OK
Keypad zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → KEYPAD ZONES → OK → 1ST... 4TH KEYPAD
ZONE → OK → STATUS → DISABLE → OK
EPGM1 zone: ... → EPGM1 ZONES 1-16... EPGM1 ZONES 17-32 → OK → 1... 8. EPGM1 ZONE 1...
32 → OK → STATUS → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 52, zone number and parameter status value:
52 nn 0 #
Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 144].
Example: 52360#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Enable zone SMS
SMS text message content: ssss Znn:ON
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; nn – zone number, range – [1... 144].
Example: 1111 Z6:ON
64 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Menu path:
On-board zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ONBOARD ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 16 → OK
→ STATUS → OK → ENABLE → OK
Wireless zone: OK → iiii → OK → WIRELESS ZONES → OK → WIRELESS ZONES 1... 4 → OK →
WIRELESS ZONE 17... 144 → OK → STATUS → OK → ENABLE → OK
Keypad zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → KEYPAD ZONES → OK → 1ST... 4TH KEYPAD
ZONE → OK → STATUS → ENABLE → OK
EPGM1 zone: ... → EPGM1 ZONES 1-16... EPGM1 ZONES 17-32 → OK → 1... 8. EPGM1 ZONE 1...
32 → OK → STATUS → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 52, zone number and parameter status value:
52 nn 1 #
Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 144].
Example: 52151#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
14.10. Viewing Zone State
The zone state (violated/restored) is indicated in real-time by all available configuration methods. However, the most convenient way to view the zone state is using the graphical interface of Eldes Utility as follows:
• Red - zone is violated.
• Green - zone is restored.
• Grey - zone is disabled.
To view the zone state, please refer to the following configuration methods.
View zone state SMS
EKB2
SMS text message content: ssss INFO
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111 INFO
Menu path:
OK → uumm → OK → VIOLATED ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 144
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Please, refer to illuminated zone indicators ranging from 1 through 12 on the keypad. The flashing indicator represents violated high-numbered zones (Z13-Z144). For more details on violated high-numbered zone indication, please refer to 29. INDICATION OF SYS TEM
FAULTS.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
15. STAY MODE
Stay mode allows the user to arm and disarm the alarm system without leaving the secured area. If the zones with Stay attribute enabled are violated when the system is STAY-armed, no alarm will be caused. Typically, this feature is used when arming the system at home before going to bed.
The system can be STAY-armed under the following conditions:
• If a Delay-type zone is NOT violated during exit delay and a zone (-s) with Stay attribute enabled exists, the system will arm in Stay mode. When arming the system in Stay mode under this condition, one of the available arming methods must be used that provide exit delay. For more details on these methods, please refer to 13. EXIT AND ENTRY DELAY.
• The system will instantly arm in Stay mode when using one of the following methods.
Arm the system in
Stay mode
EKB2
Menu path:
Non-partitioned system: P2 → uumm → OK
Partitioned system: P2 → uumm → OK → [p] part-name → OK
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code; p – partition number, range – [1... 4]; part-name – up to 15 characters partition name.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Press the key and enter user/master:
uumm
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
Example: 1111
EWK2
This operation may be carried out from the wireless keyfob if pre-assigned using the PC running Eldes Utility .
When one or more system partitions are successfully armed in Stay mode, EKB2 keypad will display icon in the home screen view.
NOTE for EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4: The Configuration mode must be deactivated, when Stay-arming the system.
NOTE: The system can be armed in Stay mode, only if there is at least one zone with Stay attribute enabled.
NOTE: Stay mode is not supported by virtual zones.
NOTE: The system can also be instantly STAY-armed using ELDES Cloud Services.
For more details on how to enable Stay attribute for zone, please refer to 14.6. Zone Attributes.
66 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
16. TAMPERS
The tamper circuit is a single closed loop such that a break in the loop at any point will cause a tamper alarm regardless of the system status – armed or disarmed. During the tamper alarm, the system will activate the siren/bell and the keypad buzzer and send the SMS text message to the listed user phone number. The system will cause tamper alarm under the following conditions:
• If the enclosure of a detection device, siren/bell, metal cabinet or keypad is opened, the physical tamper switch will be triggered. By default, indicated as Tamper x in the SMS text message (x = tamper number). User is able to change tamper’s name if he preffers to
(see 16.1. Tamper names). Alternatively, the tamper switch can be connected to a zone resulting in zone alarm when tampered (see
15. ZONES).
• If the wireless signal is lost due to low signal level or low battery power on a certain wireless device (see 19.3. Wireless Signal Status
Monitoring).
By default, all tampers and tamper alarm notification by SMS text message is enabled. To disable/enable a certain tamper and/or tamper alarm notification, please refer to the following configuration methods:
Disable/enable tamper
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
View violated tampers SMS
The system will automatically send an SMS text message, containing a violated tamper name, to user phone number.
Disable tamper alarm notification
EKB2
EKB2 Menu path:
OK → uumm → OK → VIOLATED TAMPERS → OK → TAMPER 1... 144
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
The illuminated indicator represents system fault presence including violated tam per.
For more details on violated tamper indication, please refer to 29. INDICATION OF SYS TEM
FAULTS.
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Menu path:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → TAMPER ALARM → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → TAMPER ALARM → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → TAMPER ALARM → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:
User phone number: 25 13 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 13 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 13 0 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2513030#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Enable tamper alarm notification
EKB2
Menu path:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → TAMPER ALARM → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → TAMPER ALARM → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → TAMPER ALARM → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:
User phone number: 25 13 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 13 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 13 1 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2513041#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
For more details on how to view violated tamper, please refer to 17. ALARM INDICATIONS AND NOTIFICATIONS FOR USER.
ATTENTION: Once a certain tamper is disabled, the system will NOT deliver any text message regarding the physical tamper violation nor wireless signal loss or restore.
ATTENTION: The system will NOT deliver any text message regarding wireless signal loss or restore while the physical tamper violation is in progress.
ATTENTION: The system will NOT cause any tamper alarm regarding the physical tamper violation nor wireless signal loss if the associated zone is disabled (excepting EWKB 4 on board zone).
16.1. Tamper Names
Each tamper has a name that can be customized by the user. The tamper names are used in SMS text messages that are sent to the user during the tamper alarm. By default, the tamper names are: Tamper 1, Tamper 2, Tamper 3, Tamper 4 etc . To set a different tamper name, please refer to the following configuration methods.
Manage tamper name Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
ATTENTION: Starting from firmware version V01.02.00 (and up), tamper name formation process changed. Each tamper name now consists of zone name plus common tamper name. Common tamper name is text which is added in field “common tamper name” through Eldes Utility.
68 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
17. ALARM INDICATIONS AND NOTIFICATIONS FOR USER
When a zone, depending on zone type (see 14.5. Zone Type Definitions), or tamper is violated, the system will cause an alarm. By default, the alarm duration is 1 minute (see 20. SIREN/BELL regarding the alarm duration). During the alarm, the system will follow this pattern:
1. The system activates the siren/bell and the keypad buzzer.
a) The siren/bell will emit pulsating sound if the violated zone is of Fire type, otherwise the sound will be steady.
b) The keypad buzzer will emit short beeps.
c) EKB2 keypad will display icon next to the alarmed partition in the home screen view followed by icon indicating the presence of the alarm events in the alarm log (see 28. EVENT AND ALARM LOG). In case a Fire-type zone is violated in any system partition, icon will appear in the home screen view.
d) EKB3 keypad operating in 4-partition mode will flash the [1]... [4] key corresponding to the alarmed partition number.
e) If one or more zones are violated, EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 will light ON the corresponding violated zone indicator (-s) ranging from 1 through 12. Indicator will flash if one or more high-numbered zones are violated. If one or tampers are violated, indicator will light ON. For more details on viewing violated high-numbered zone and tamper numbers by EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad, please refer to 29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS.
2. The system attempts to send an SMS text message, containing the violated zone/tamper name (see 14.8. Zone Names and 16.1. Tam-
per Names on how to set a zone and tamper name respectively), to the first listed user phone number, sharing the same partition as the violated zone/tamper. The system will send SMS text messages regarding each violated zone/tamper separately.
a) If the SMS cascade option is enabled and the user phone number is unavailable,then the system will attempt to send the SMS text message to the next listed user phone number, assigned to the same partition as the previous one. The user phone number may be unavailable due to the following reasons:
• mobile phone was switched off.
• was out of GSM signal coverage.
b) The system will continue sending the SMS text message to the next listed user phone numbers in the priority order until one is available. The system sends the SMS text message only once and will not return to the first user phone number if the last one was unavailable.
3. By default, the system attempts to ring the first user phone number via GSM, sharing the same partition as the violated zone/tamper. The system will dial regarding each violated zone/tamper separately. a) When the call is answered, the system will shut down the siren/bell and play the audio file that can be listened to on the user’s mobile phone. This feature will be available only if an audio file is recorded and assigned to the violated zone (see 17.2. Audio Files and
Introduction Audio).
c) The system will dial the next listed user phone number, assigned to the same partition, if the previous user was unavailable due to the following reasons:
• mobile phone was switched off.
• mobile phone was out of GSM signal coverage.
• provided “busy” signal.
• user did not answer the call after several rings, predetermined by the GSM operator. d) The system will continue dialling the next listed user phone numbers in the priority order until one is available. However, it will not dial the next listed user phone number if the previous one was available, but rejected the phone call. If the system ends up with all unsuccessful attempts to contact any listed user phone number, it will stop dialling and will NOT repeat the cycle starting with the first user phone number. In addition, the system will dial the listed user phone number only once regardless of its availability e) If Call All in Case of Alarm feature is enabled, the system will attempt to ring all listed user phone numbers in a row starting with the first user phone number with Call in Case of Alarm feature enabled. Regardless of the user being available, unavailable or if he/she has rejected the call, the system will still move to the next listed user with Call in Case of Alarm feature enabled. Once the system has ended contacting all listed users with Call in Case of Alarm feature enabled, it will repeat this cycle 3 more times (by default) by attempting to contact the previously unavailable users and skipping the available ones.
4. If Treat PSTN Call as User Call is feature is enabled, the system attempts to ring the first phone number via PSTN (see 30.2.3. PSTN). The system will dial regarding each violated zone/tamper separately.
a) When the call is answered, the system will automatically drop the call.
b) The system will dial the next listed phone number if the previous one was unavailable due to the following reasons:
• mobile phone was switched off.
• mobile phone was out of GSM signal coverage.
• provided “busy” signal.
• user did not answer the call after several rings, predetermined by the GSM operator. c) By default, the system will continue dialling the next listed user phone numbers in the priority order until one is available. The system will dial the user phone number 5 times if the first user phone number was out of GSM signal coverage/switched OFF, otherwise the system will dial only once. If the system ends up unsuccessful to contact any listed user phone number, will stop dialling and will not return to the first user phone number. The system will not dial the next listed user phone number if the previous one was available, but
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
rejected the phone call.
To silent the siren/bell as well as to cease system phone calls and SMS text message sending to the user phone numbers, please disarm the system (see 12. ARMING AND DISARMING).
ATTENTION: The wireless siren EWS2/EWS3 will sound only if wireless zone of the siren is assigned to the same partition as the one that has been alarmed (see 23.1. Zone Partition).
View violated zones SMS
SMS text message content: ssss INFO
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111 INFO
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → uumm → OK → VIOLATED ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 144
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Please, refer to illuminated zone indicators ranging from 1 through 12 on the keypad. The flashing indicator represents violated high-numbered zones (Z13-Z144). For more details on violated high-numbered zone indication, please refer to 29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM
FAULTS.
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
View violated tampers SMS
The system will automatically send an SMS text message, containing a violated tamper name, to user phone number.
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → uumm → OK → VIOLATED TAMPERS → OK → TAMPER 1... 144
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
The illuminated indicator stands for system fault presence including violated tamper. For more details on violated tamper indication, please refer to 29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM
FAULTS.
Manage Call All in Case of Alarm
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
For more details on how to disable/enable SMS text messages and phone calls to listed user phone number in case of alarm, please refer to
17.1. Enabling and Disabling Alarm Notifications
ATTENTION: Phone calls via GSM network to the listed user phone number in case of alarm are disabled by force when MS mode is enabled
(see 30. MONITORING STATION).
NOTE: If one or more zones/tampers are violated during the alarm, the system will attempt to send as many SMS text message and dial the user phone number as many times as the zone/tamper was violated. However, this does NOT apply to Interior Follower-type zones.
NOTE: If the system has delivered an SMS text message and/or dialled the user phone number after disarming the system, it means that the
SMS text message and/or phone call was queued up in the memory before the system was disarmed. The capacity of the queue is 24 events maximum.
NOTE: In some case, the system might be UNABLE to dial the next listed user phone number in case the phone number has been migrated from a different GSM operator.
17.1. Enabling and Disabling Alarm Notifications
By, default the system will ring the listed user phone numbers via GSM in case of alarm. To disable/enable this feature, please refer to the following configuration methods.
70 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
Disable call in case of alarm
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → CALL/SMS SETTINGS → OK → CALL IN CASE
ALARM → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 30, user phone number slot and parameter status value:
30 us 1 #
Value: us - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 30081#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Enable call in case of alarm
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → CALL/SMS SETTINGS → OK → CALL IN CASE
ALARM → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 30, user phone number slot and parameter status value:
30 us 0 #
Value: us - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 30090#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
By, default the system will send SMS text message to listed user phone numbers in case of alarm. To disable/enable this feature, please refer to the following configuration methods.
Disable SMS text message in case of alarm
EKB2
Menu path:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → GENERAL ALARM → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GENERAL ALARM → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → GENERAL ALARM → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:
User phone number: 25 03 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 03 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 03 0 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2503060#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Enable SMS text message in case of alarm
EKB2
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → GENERAL ALARM → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GENERAL ALARM → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → GENERAL ALARM → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:
User phone number: 25 03 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 03 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 03 1 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2503101#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
By default, the system will not ring the listed phone number via PSTN in case of alarm. To manage this feature, please refer to 30.2.3.
PSTN)
For more details on how Send SMS text message to all users simultaneously and SMS Cascade parameters affect the SMS text message transmission, please refer to 27. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS.
By default, tamper alarm notification by SMS text message is enabled. For more details on how to disable/enable tamper alarm notification, please refer to 16. TAMPERS.
ATTENTION: Regardless of the Call in Case of Alarm parameter status, the system will NOT ring the listed user phone number via GSM network if the system is connected to the monitoring station (see 30. MONITORING STATION).
17.2. Audio Files and Introduction Audio
The system comes equipped with a feature, allowing to record up to 16 audio files of up to 6 seconds length, and another feature, which allows to record 1 introduction audio file of up to 20 seconds length. Recorded files can be assigned to any system zone and be played when the alarm is caused by zone with an audio file assigned, These features will be available only if the system is able to dial user phone number in the event of an alarm and the user answers the call. When the call is answered, the primarily recorded introduction audio file (if assigned), containing essential information (location/ full address or/and user full name) is being played, while the audio file (up to 6 sec. long) will come up just after introduction audio has ended. The supported audio file format is as follows:
• Max. number of audio files: up to 16
• Max. audio length: up to 6 seconds
• Max. number of introduction audio files: 1
• Max. introduction audio length: up to 20 seconds
• File format: .wav
• Specifications: 8,000 kHz; 8 Bit; Mono
By default, none of these audio files are pre-recorded or assigned to any particular zone. To record an introduction audio or audio file and/ or assign it to a zone, please refer to the following configuration method.
Record and manage audio files
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Assign audio file to individual zone Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
NOTE: Single audio file can be assigned to multiple zones.
72 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
18. PROGRAMMABLE (PGM) OUTPUTS
A PGM output is a programmable output that toggles to its set up state when a specific event has occurred in the system, the scheduled weekday and time has come or if the user has initiated the PGM output state change manually. Normally, PGM outputs can be used to open/ close garage doors, activate lights, heating, watering and much more. When a PGM output turns ON, the system triggers any device or relay connected to it.
ESIM384 comes equipped with four open-collector PGM outputs allowing to connect up to four devices or relays. For more details on PGM output expanding, please refer to 18.2. PGM Output Expansion.
ESIM384 PGM outputs are classified by 4 categories:
PGM output category
On-board PGM Outputs
EPGM8 PGM Outputs
EPGM1 PGM Outputs
Description
Built-in wired PGM outputs of ESIM384 alarm system.
PGM outputs of EPGM8 - hardwired PGM output expansion module.
PGM outputs of EPGM1 - hardwired zone and PGM output expansion module.
Max. number of PGM outputs per device
4
8
2
Max. number of PGM outputs in total
4
8
4
Wireless PGM Outputs
Non-physical PGM outputs automatically created by connected wireless devices.
* - Depends on the connected wireless device.
** - Available only if no EPGM1 PGM outputs are present.
2* 48**
For PGM output wiring diagram, please refer to 2.3.6. Relay Finder® (for example, model 40.61.9.12) with Terminal Socket (for
example, model 95.85.3).
18.1. PGM Output Numbering
The PGM output numbers ranging from C1 through C12 are permanently reserved for on-board PGM outputs even if EPGM8 module mode is disabled. The C13-C48 PGM output number are automatically assigned in the chronological order to the devices connected to the system:
EPGM1 modules and wireless devices.
18.2. PGM output type
User is able to configure every single output at his discretion, by choosing 1 of two available types: Switch or Pulse type*.
In order to do so, user has to launch Eldes Utility software, open Output section and choose a preferred output type from the drop-down list. After setting the type, user has to save configuration (to click on “Write settings” option).
Switch type
By default, every available output is of Switch type. Ouptut of this type can be in ON or OFF state (the latter is the default state). Accordingly, when this type is selected, there are 3 possible Switch type actions:
• Turn output ON (only when output’s state is OFF).
• Toggle output (switch the current output’s state to the opposite).
• Turn output OFF (only when output’s state is ON).
Additionally, the Switch type output allows to set its’ start up state (ON or OFF).
Pulse type
Pulse type output has another option, called pulse duration, which allows to change the specified output’s state. The process is performed by applying a low-level or high-level pulse for a set period of time. Acceptable time value range - from 1 second to 60 seconds (inclusively).
If user opts to change the default output type to Pulse type, he won’t be allowed to set output’s start up state.
ATTENTION: EWM1 has a Switch type built-in button, intended to turn the socket ON or OFF while changing the output state accordingly.
Thus, if user sets EWM1 output as Pulse type, then any attempt to manually change the EWM1 output state ON or OFF will affect the following attempt to control that same output via other control method.
18.3. PGM Output control options
Below you’ll find the list of all possible output control options:
• EWK2
• EKB2
• EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4
• Eldes Security app
• SMS
• EWKB5
EKB2 keypad enhanced by a new Quick control via keypad long press* feature, which offers an easy and fast way to complete a quick action (e.g. to control any output). To do so, at first user must programm EKB2 buttons for the preferred quick actions. There are 10 possible quick control actions in total.
*- These features are NOT available for old firmware versions (i.e. for FW versions V01.09.15 and earlier).
18.4. PGM Output Expansion
For additional electrical appliance connection, the number of PGM outputs can be expanded by:
• connecting EPGM8 hardwired PGM output expansion module (for more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at www.eldesalarms.com).
• connecting EPGM1 hardwired zone and PGM output expansion module (for more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at www.eldesalarms.com).
• pairing the wireless devices (see 19. WIRELESS DEVICES).
NOTE: The maximum supported PGM output number is 48.
18.4.1. EPGM8 Mode
EPGM8 is an expansion module, which expands the system with 8 additional hardwired PGM outputs. For more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at www.eldesalarms.com
Once the EPGM8 module is installed, the EPGM8 mode must be enabled.
Enable EPGM8 mode
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → USING EPGM8 → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 33 and parameter status value:
iiii 331 #
Example: 1470331#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Disable EPGM8 mode
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → USING EPGM8 → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 33 and parameter status value:
iiii 330 #
Example: 1470330#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
18.5. PGM Output Names
Each PGM output has a name that can be customized by the user. Typically, the name specifies a device type connected to a determined
PGM output, for Example: Lights. The name can be used instead of PGM output number when controlling the PGM output via SMS command. By default, the PGM output names are: C1 – Control1, C2 – Control2, C3 – Control3, C4 – Control4 etc.
Set PGM output name
Eldes
Utility This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
View PGM output names
SMS
SMS text message content: ssss INFO
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111 STATUS
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → mmmm → OK → PGM OUTPUTS → OK → out-name
Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; out-name – up to 16 characters PGM output name.
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
ATTENTION: Space, colon, semi-colon characters, parameter names and/or values, such as PSW, STATUS, ON, OFF etc. are NOT allowed in
PGM output names.
18.6. Disabling and Enabling PGM Outputs
By default, all PGM outputs are enabled. Once a PGM output is disabled, it can be turned ON or OFF, thus the change will not be seen neither on the EKB2 and EWKB5 keypads nor via Cloud platform. To disable/enable a certain PGM output, please refer to the following configuration method.
Control output via
Cloud Services and
Keypads
Eldes
Utility This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
18.7. Turning PGM Outputs ON and OFF
By default, all PGM outputs are turned OFF. To instantly turn ON/OFF an individual PGM output, please refer to the following configuration methods.
74 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
Turn ON PGM output
SMS
EKB2
SMS text message content: ssss Coo:ON or ssss out-name:ON
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; oo – PGM output number, range – [1... 48]; out-name – up to 16 characters PGM output name. Example: 1111 Lights:ON
Menu path:
OK → mmmm → OK → PGM OUTPUTS → OK → out-name → ON → OK
Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; out-name – up to 16 characters PGM output name.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter installer code, followed by parameter 61, PGM output number and parameter status value:
iiii 61 oo 1 #
Value: oo – PGM output number, range – [01... 48].
Example: 147061031#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
EWK2
This operation may be carried out from the wireless keyfob if pre-assigned using the PC running Eldes Utility .
EWKB5 This operation may be carried out from the wireless touchpad if it was pre-configured.
Turn OFF PGM output
ELDES
Security
This operation may be carried out using ELDES Security mobile application.
SMS
SMS text message content: ssss Coo:OFF or ssss out-name:OFF
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; oo – PGM output number, range – [1... 48]; out-name – up to 16 characters PGM output name. Example: 1111 C2:OFF
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → mmmm → OK → PGM OUTPUTS → OK → out-name → OFF → OK
Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; out-name – up to 16 characters PGM output name.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter installer code, followed by parameter 61, PGM output number and parameter status value:
iiii 61 oo 0 #
Value: oo – PGM output number, range – [01... 48].
Example: 147061020#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using Eldes Utility .
EWK2
This operation may be carried out from the wireless keyfob if pre-assigned using the PC running Eldes Utility .
EWKB5 This operation may be carried out from the wireless touchpad if it was pre-configured.
ELDES
Security
This operation may be carried out using ELDES Security mobile application.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
When the PGM output is turned ON or OFF, the system will send a confirmation by SMS text message to the user phone number that the
SMS text message was sent from.
To instantly turn an individual PGM output ON or OFF for a determined time period and automatically turn it back ON or OFF again when the time period expires, please refer to the following configuration method.
Pulse ON/OFF output
(turn PGM output ON or
OFF for a time period)
EWK2
This operation may be carried out from the wireless keyfob if pre-assigned using the PC running Eldes Utility .
EKB2/
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
This operation may be carried out from one of the selected keypads (if it was pre-configured).
EWKB5 This operation may be carried out from the wireless touchpad if it was pre-configured.
SMS This operation may be carried out from the mobile phone (via SMS command).
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using Eldes Utility .
ELDES
Security
This operation may be carried out using ELDES Security mobile application.
NOTE: PGM output can be turned ON for a determined time period only when it is in OFF state (and vice versa !).
18.8. PGM Output Control by Event and Scheduler
PGM outputs can automatically operate when a specific event occurs in the system and/or when the scheduled weekday and time comes.
18.8.1. PGM Output Actions and System Events
The automatic action of the determined PGM output can be set as follows:
• Turn ON/OFF – Determines whether the PGM output is to be turned ON or OFF.
• Pulse ON/OFF output* - Allows to instantly change (turn ON/OFF) PGM output status for a determined time period and automatically change back the output status (turn OFF/ON) when the time period expires.
• Switch ON/OFF for a time – Determines whether the PGM output is to be turned ON or OFF for a set period of time in seconds.
The aforementioned PGM output actions can be automatically carried out under the following events that occurred in the system:
• System armed – System is armed in a determined partition (from Partition 1 through 4). Applicable to multiple partitions or
to “All partitions”.
• System disarmed – System is disarmed in a determined partition (from Partition 1 through 4). Applicable to a single partition or to “All partitions”.
• System armed Stay - System is armed in Stay mode. Applicable to multiple partitions or to “All partitions”.
• System disarmed from Stay* - System is disarmed from Stay mode. Applicable to a single partition or to “All partitions”.
• Alarm begins – Alarm begins in a determined partition (from Partition 1 through 4). Applicable to multiple partitions or to
“All partitions”.
• Alarm stops* – Alarm stops in a determined partition (from Partition 1 through 4). Applicable to a single partition or to “All partitions”.
• Fire alarm starts* - Performs an automatic PGM output control action once a fire alarm starts. Applicable to multiple partitions or to “All partitions”.
• Fire alarm ends* -Performs an automatic PGM output control action once a fire alarm ends. Applicable to a single partition or
to “All partitions”.
• Temperature falls – Temperature falls below the set MIN value of a determined temperature sensor 1-8.
• Temperature rises – Temperature rises above the set MAX value of a determined temperature sensor 1-8.
• Zone violated – A determined zone ranging from Z1 through Z144 is violated.
• Zone restored – A determined zone ranging from Z1 through Z144 is restored.
• By scheduler – Operates based on Start Time of a selected scheduler 1-32.
• System fault occurred - A determined system fault is present (for more, please refer to 29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS).
• System fault restored - A determined system fault is restored (for more, please refer to 29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS).
*- These features are NOT available for old firmware versions (i.e. for FW versions V01.09.15 and earlier).
NOTE: If multiple partitions are selected, then status of ALL partitions must match to carry out an automation event.
NOTE If “All partitions” are selected, status of ANY partition must match to carry out an automation event.
The user can also set a custom text, which will be sent by SMS to user phone number when the automatic PGM output action is carried out.
76 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
18.8.2. Schedulers
The system supports up to 16 schedulers that allow the PGM outputs to operate or automatically arm/disarm a certain partition (all partitions) according to the day of the week and time. When the scheduler, which includes the set weekday and time, is selected, the PGM output will operate or the system will arm/disarm according to it. Each scheduler includes the following parameters:
• Always – The scheduler is not in use.
• At specified time – Determines whether weekday and time settings are enabled:
• Start Time – Determines the point in time when the PGM output or automatic arm/disarm action can be initiated for Scheduler starts event.
• End Time – Determines the point in time when the PGM output action can be initiated for Scheduler ends event
• On weekdays – Determines days in week when the PGM output or automatic arm/disarm action is valid.
18.8.3. Additional Conditions
Additional condition narrows down the chances for a determined automatic PGM output operation to be carried out. If this feature is enabled, the PGM output will become dependent on one more system event that must be occurred prior or must occur after the aforementioned system event. The PGM output will not operate until the chain of system events meets the set values:
• System armed – System is armed in a determined partition ranging from 1 to 4 or any partition.
• System disarmed – System is disarmed in a determined partition ranging from 1 to 4 or any partition.
• Zone violated – A determined zone ranging from Z1 to Z144 is violated.
• Zone restored – A determined zone ranging from Z1 to Z144 is restored.
Example: PGM output C1 is set to be turned ON when zone Z6 is violated. The additional condition feature is enabled and set to allow this action to be carried out only if system’s Partition 2 is disarmed. It means that the PGM output C1 will be turned ON when zone Z6 is violated, but only if system’s Partition 2 is disarmed.
Manage PGM output control by event & scheduler
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
ATTENTION: If the date and time are not set, the system will NOT be able to automatically control the PGM outputs. For more details on how to set date and time, please refer to 9. DATE AND TIME.
NOTE: When both - a system event is determined and a scheduler is selected, the PGM output will operate only if the determined event has occurred in the system during the scheduled time period.
NOTE: When PGM output action is selected as pulse, the PGM output will turn ON or turn OFF for a set period of time based on the PGM output state set up (ON or OFF) for system startup.
18.9. Wireless PGM Output Type Definitions
• Output – Operates as normal PGM output that can be controlled by the user or automatically by event and scheduler. Normally, this type is used for any device or relay.
• Siren – Operates as siren output that automatically activates during alarm. Typically, this type is used for bell/siren connected to EW2 wireless device.
Set output type for individual wireless
PGM output
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
19. WIRELESS DEVICES
ESIM384 system has a built-in wireless module for system extension capabilities. The wireless module easily allows the user to pair up to
64 ELDES-made wireless devices with the system. This includes the following:
• EWP2 – wireless PIR sensor (motion detector).
• EWP3 - wireless PIR sensor (motion detector).
• EWD2 - wireless magnetic door contact/shock sensor/flood sensor.
• EWD3 - wireless magnetic door contact/shock sensor/flood sensor.
• EWS3 – wireless indoor siren.
• EWS2 – wireless outdoor siren.
• EWS4 – wireless outdoor siren.
• EWK2/EWK2A – wireless keyfob.
• EKB3W – wireless keypad.
• EWKB4 - wireless keypad.
• EWKB5 - wireless touchpad.
• EW2 – wireless zone and PGM output expansion module.
• EWF1 - wireless smoke detector.
• EWF1CO - wireless smoke and CO detector.
• EWR2 - wireless signal repeater.
• EWM1 - wireless power socket.
For more details on technical specifications and installation of the wireless devices, please refer to chapter 41.RADIO SYSTEM INSTAL-
LATION AND SIGNAL PENETRATION - APPENDIX 4 and the latest user manual of the wireless device located at www.eldesalarms.com
The wireless devices can operate at a range of up to 3000m (9842.6ft) range in open areas. The wireless connection is two-way and operates in one of four available channels in ISM868 non-licensed band. When Eldes Utility is launched, the frequency time of attempt of all
NOT added wireless devices, that have frequency time of attempt higher than 10 sec, is changed to 10 sec. After Eldes Utility is closed, frequency time of attempt for every individual device is changed as it was.
NOTE: In case if Remote Connection session being activated, the frequency time of attempts for every wireless device will be exactly the same as default Test Time period, indicated below.
The communication link between the wireless device and the alarm system is constantly supervised by a configurable self-test period, known as Test Time. When the wireless device is switched ON, it will initiate the Test Time transmission to the system within its wireless connection range. In order to optimize battery power saving of the wireless device, the Test Time periods vary by itself while the device is switched ON, but still unpaired. When the alarm system is switched OFF or if the wireless device is unpaired or removed the Test Time period of the wireless device is as follows (non-customizable):
• EKB3W, EW2, EWP2, EWS2, EWS3, EWS4, EWF1, EWF1CO, EWM1:
• first 360 attempts after the device startup (reset) - every 10 seconds.
• the rest of attempts - every 1 minute.
• EWD2:
• first 360 attempts after the device startup (reset) - every 10 seconds.
• The rest of attempts - every 2 minutes.
• NOTE: Only for EWD3, EWKB4, EWP3
• standard Test Time of all attempts when paired with alarm system - EWP3 - every 1 minute; EWKB4, EWD3 - every 5 minutes.
• standard Test Time of all attempts when NOT paired with alarm system or in case wireless connection is lost for more than 48 hours - every 10 minutes.
Once the wireless device is paired, it will attempt to exchange data with ESIM384 system. Due to battery saving reasons, all ELDES wireless devices operate in sleep mode. The data exchange will occur instantly if the wireless device is triggered (zone alarm or tamper alarm) or periodically when the wireless device wakes up to transmit the supervision signal, based on Test Time value, to the system as well as to accept the queued up command (if any) from the system. By increasing the Test Time period, EWS2/EWS3 siren response time will decrease.
Example: The alarm occurred at 09:15:25 and the system queued up the command for EWS3 siren to start sounding. By default, Test Time value of EWS3 siren is 7 seconds, therefore EWS2 siren will sound at 09:15:32.
By default, the Test Time period is as follows (customizable):
• EWKB4, EWD3: every 5 minutes.
• EKB3W, EWD2, EWP2, EWP3: every 60 seconds.
• EWM1, EW2, EWF1, EWF1CO: every 30 seconds.
• EWS2, EWS3, EWS4: every 7 seconds.
To set a different Test Time value, please refer to the following configuration method.
Set custom Test Time Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
NOTE: Test Time affects the wireless device pairing process due to the alarm system listening for the incoming data from the wireless device.
The system pairs with the wireless device only when the first data packet is received.
78 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
NOTE for EKB3W/EWKB4: In comparison with other ELDES wireless devices, EKB3W/EWKB4 keypads features some exceptions regarding the wireless communication. For more details on EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad wireless communication and back-light timeout, please refer to
19.5.3. Wireless Communication, Sleep Mode and Back-light Timeout.
19.1. Pairing, Removing and Replacing Wireless Device
Wireless device management can be easily and conveniently carried out using the graphical interface of Eldes Utility . If you intend to manage the wireless devices by SMS text massage, an 8-character wireless device ID code will be required in order to pair the device with the system or to remove it from the system. The wireless ID code is printed on a label, which can be located on the inner or outer side of the enclosure or on the printed circuit board (PCB) of the wireless device.
To pair a wireless device, please refer to the following configuration methods.
Pair wireless device with the system
SMS
SMS text message content: ssss SET:wless-id
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; wless-id – 8-character wireless device ID code.
Example: 1111 SET:5353185D
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
NOTE FOR EWK2/EWK2A: When paring EWK2/EWK2A wireless keyfob, it is necessary to press several times any button on the device.
Once a wireless device is paired, it occupies one of 64 available wireless device slots and the system adds single or multiple wireless zones and wireless PGM outputs depending on the wireless device model (excepting wireless keyfobs EWK2).
To remove a wireless device, please refer to the following configuration methods.
Remove wireless device from the system
SMS
SMS text message content: ssss DEL:wless-id
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; wless-id – 8-character wireless device ID code.
Example: 1111 DEL:535185D
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Once a wireless device is removed from the system, please restore its default parameters and remove the batteries from it.
To replace an existing wireless device with a new same model device, please refer to the following configuration method.
Replace wireless device
SMS
SMS text message content: ssss REP:wless-id<oldwl-id
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; wless-id – 8-character wireless device ID code of the new devi ce; oldwl-id - 8-character wireless device ID code of the old device.
Example: 1111 REP:535185D<41286652
When a wireless device is successfully replaced with a new one, the configuration of the old wireless device remains.
ATTENTION: In order to correctly remove the wireless device from the system, the user must remove the device using SMS text message or
Eldes Utility and restore the parameters of the wireless device to default afterwards. If only one of these actions is carried out, the wireless device and the system will attempt to exchange data to keep the wireless connection alive. This leads to fast battery power drain on the battery-powered wireless device.
NOTE: If you are unable to pair a wireless device, please restore the wireless device’s parameters to default and try again. For more details on how to restore the default parameters, please refer to the user manual provided along with the wireless device or visit www.eldesalarms.com to download the latest user manual.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
19.2. Wireless Device Information
Once a wireless device is paired, the user can view the following information of a determined wireless device:
• Battery level (expressed in percentage).
• Wireless signal strength (expressed in percentage).
• Error rate (number of failed data transmission attempts in 10-minute period) - indicated only in EKB2 keypad menu.
• Firmware version.
• Test Time period (expressed in milliseconds) of a wireless device - indicated only in SMS text message reply.
To view the wireless device information, please refer to the following configuration methods.
View wireless device information
SMS
EKB2
SMS text message content: ssss RFINFO:wless-id or ssss RFINFO:Znn
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password wless-id – 8-character wireless device ID code; nn – wireless zone number, range – [17... 144].
Example: 1111 RFINFO:535185D
Menu path:
Battery level: OK → iiii → OK → WIRELESS DEVICES 1... 2 → OK → wless-dev wless-id → OK
→ BATTERY
Wireless signal: ... → wless-dev wless-id → OK → SIGNAL
Error rate: ... → wless-dev wless-id → OK → ERROR RATE
Firmware version: ... → wless-dev wless-id → OK → FW RELEASE
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; wless-dev – wireless device model; wless-id – 8-character wireless device ID code.
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
The system supports up to 32 wireless devices. To view the number of available wireless device slots in the system, please refer to the following configuration methods
View available wireless device slots
SMS
SMS text message content: ssss STATUS FREE
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111 STATUS FREE
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
19.3. Wireless Signal Status Monitoring
If the wireless signal is lost due to poor signal strength or low battery power on a certain wireless device and does not restore within
4-hour period, the system will cause an alarm (by default, the alarm is disabled). This event is identified as Wireless Signal Loss. By default, indicated as No wireless signal from wless-dev wless-id Tamper x in the SMS text message ( wless-dev = wireless device model; wless-id =
8-character wireless device ID code; x = tamper number). The user will also be notified by SMS text message as soon as the wireless signal is restored.
The default period for wireless signal loss detection is 4 hours. However, a custom wireless signal loss timeout can be set up that must be at least 3 times longer than the longest Test Time period of a wireless device currently paired with the system. In addition, Eldes Utility indicates a timer of the last Test Time signal delivered by a paired and unpaired wireless device. The software will also warn you if the delivery of the Test Time signal is delayed for a time period that is 5 minutes longer than the Test Time period of a paired wireless device. In case the Test Time signal delivery of an unpaired wireless device is delayed for more than 1,5 minute, a warning will follow and the icon of such wireless device will be removed from the software’s interface in 10 seconds.
Manage
Grade2 wireless communication settings
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
80 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
Disable wireless signal loss/restore notification
Enable wireless signal loss/restore notification
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Menu path:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → OK → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK
→ GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:
User phone number: 25 18 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 18 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 18 0 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2518030#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Menu path:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → OK → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK
→ GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:
User phone number: 25 18 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 18 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 18 1 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2518031#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Enable wireless communication failed notification
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Menu path:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → OK → WRLESS FAIL 20MIN. → OK
→ GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → WRLESS FAIL 20MIN. → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → WRLESS FAIL 20MIN. → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:
User phone number: 25 25 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 25 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 25 1 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2525031#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
Disable wireless communication failed notification
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Menu path:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → OK → WRLESS FAIL 20MIN. → OK
→ GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → WRLESS FAIL 20MIN. → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → WRLESS FAIL 20MIN. → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:
User phone number: 25 25 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 25 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 25 0 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 252530#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
ATTENTION: Once a certain tamper is disabled, the system will NOT deliver any SMS text message regarding the physical tamper violation nor wireless signal loss or restore. For more details on how to manage the tampers, please refer to 16. TAMPERS.
ATTENTION: The system will NOT deliver any text message regarding wireless signal loss or restore while the physical tamper violation is in progress.
82 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
19.4. Disabling and Enabling Siren if Wireless Signal is Lost
If a wireless device loses its wireless signal for 4-hour (by default) or longer, the system will send notification by SMS text message to user phone number and activate the siren/bell. By default, the siren will not be activated when wireless signal is lost. To enable/disable this feature, please refer to the following configuration methods.
Enable Siren if
Wireless Signal is Lost
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → SRN IF WLESS LOSS
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 76 and parameter status value:
76 1 #
Example: 761#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Disable Siren if
Wireless Signal is Lost
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → SRN IF WLESS LOSS
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 76 and parameter status value:
76 0 #
Example: 760#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
19.5. EKB3W/EWKB4 - Wireless LED Keypad
Main features:
• Alarm system arming and disarming (see 12.5. EKB3W/EWKB4 Keypad and User/Master Code).
• Arming and disarming in Stay mode (see 15. STAY MODE).
• System parameter configuration (see 5. CONFIGURATION METHODS).
• PGM output control (see 18.4. Turning PGM Outputs ON and OFF).
• Visual indication by LED indicators (see 19.5.1. LED Functionality).
• Audio indication by built-in buzzer.
• Keypad partition switch (see 23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch).
For more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at www.eldesalarms.com
19.5.1. LED Functionality
(red)
INDICATION
Steady ON
Flashing
DESCRIPTION
System armed / exit delay in progress
Configuration mode activated
(green)
Steady ON System is ready – no violated zones and/or violated tampers exist
(orange)
Steady ON
Flashing
System faults exist
Violated high-numbered zone
Violated zone bypassed
(orange)
1-12
(red)
Steady ON
Steady ON Zone violated / configuration command being typed in
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
19.5.2. Keys Functionality
0 9
DESCRIPTION
1st character for STAY-arming
1st character for violated zone bypass and bypassed zone activation
1st character for Configuration mode activation or deactivation
1st character for system fault list indication / 1st character for violated high-numbered zone indication
/ 1st character for violated tamper indication
Command typing
1
*
4 Keypad partition switch
Clear typed in characters
Typed in command confirmation
38
FRONT SIDE
1
4
7
*
2
5
8
0
3
6
9
#
19.5.3. Wireless Communication, Sleep Mode and Back-light Timeout
Once the wireless device is paired, it will attempt to exchange data with ESIM384 system. The communication process follows this pattern:
1. Due to battery power saving reasons, most of the time EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad operates in sleep mode and periodically wakes up (by default - every 5 minutes) to transmit the supervision signal, identified as Test Time, to the ESIM384 system. However, when the keypad wakes up, it will NOT activate its buzzer and/or the LED indicators.
2. When any EKB3W/EWKB4 key is pressed, the keypad LED indicators and the back-light will activate for a set up period of time (by default -
10 seconds), identified as Back-light Timeout. During the Back-light Timeout, the Test Time will automatically switch to 2 seconds period allowing to indicate system alarms, faults and arm/disarm process on the EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad if it is assigned to the same partition as the one that is violated or being armed/disarmed (see 23. PARTITIONS).
3. The Back-light timeout will expire after 10 seconds (by default) of EKB3W/EWKB4 idling. When the Back-light Timeout expires, the keypad will light OFF the LED indicators and the back-light and return to sleep mode. Meanwhile:
a) if a zone or tamper, which is of the associated EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad, is violated, EKB3W/EWKB4 will instantly wake up and initiate the Back-light Timeout. Meanwhile the keypad buzzer will emit short beeps and the LED indicators will light ON indicating the violated zone or tamper number.
b) if a zone or tamper, which is not of the associated EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad, is violated, EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad will NOT wake up and will
NOT initiate the Back-light Timeout as well as the buzzer will NOT emit short beeps and the LED indicators will NOT light ON.
To set a different Back-light Timeout value, please refer to the following configuration method:
Set Back-light
Timeout
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
For more details and how to set a different Test Time value, please refer to Eldes Utility .
NOTE: By default, the keypad zone and tamper is enabled, therefore a resistor supplied with the EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad must be connected to the keypad zone terminal and the tamper switch must be properly pressed in when inserting the keypad into the holder.
NOTE: To wake up the keypad it is highly recommended to press the [*] key in order not to enter any unnecessary character. If other character is pressed it is already counted in characters sequence meant for arming/disarming or configuration.
84 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
19.6. EWR2 – Wireless Signal Repeater
Main features:
• Expands the wireless signal range (up to 30m (98.43ft) in premises; up to 150m (492.13ft) in open areas)
• LED indicator for data transmission indication.
• External and internal antenna.
• Backup battery
For more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at www.eldesalarms.com
39
Bad signal level
Good signal level
EWR2
ALARM
SYSTEM
WIRELESS
DEVICE
Wireless signal repeater
ELDES alarm system
EWR2
ALARM
SYSTEM
40
Bad signal level
Good signal level
WIRELESS
DEVICE
W-less signal
Level 18%
WIRELESS
DEVICE
EWR2 begins expanding the signal range for wireless devices if the certain conditions are met. In order for EWR2 to function properly, the wireless signal level between EWR2 and
ELDES alarm system must be at least 40%.
EWR2
ALARM
SYSTEM
ALARM
SYSTEM
DEVICE
WIRELESS
DEVICE
Wireless signal repeater
Wireless device
EWR2
W-less signal
Level 18%
In order for EWR2 to start expanding the signal range of a wireless device, the wireless signal level between EWR2 and a wireless device must be at least 18%.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
41
EWR2
Bad signal level
Good signal level
EWR2
WIRELESS
DEVICE
EWR2
ALARM
SYSTEM
Wireless signal repeater
ELDES alarm system
WIRELESS
DEVICE
Wireless device
ALARM
SYSTEM
EWR2
W-less signal
Level 18%
If more then one repeater is connected to Eldes alarm system at a time, the one that receives the strongest signal from a wireless device, will be used to expand it’s signal range. New generation wireless devices are not able to use repeater for boosting their signal.
19.7. EWF1/EWF1CO - Wireless Smoke/CO Detector
Main features:
• Photoelectric sensor for slow smouldering fires
• Photoelectric Co sensor for slow smouldering fires and carbon monoxide (CO) gas detection
• TEST button
• Non-radioactive technology for environmental friendly
• High and stable sensitivity
• Quick fix mounting plate for easy installation
• LED operation indicator
• Built-in speaker for audio alarm indication
• Auto-reset when smoke/CO clears
For more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at www.eldesalarms.com
42
FRONT SIDE
SIREN
BACK SIDE
TEST button TAMPER switch
RESET button
BATTERY
DO NOT PAI
NT
LED indicator
19.7.1. Interconnection
The interconnection feature automatically links all wireless smoke/CO detectors that are paired with the alarm system. When any EWF1/
EWF1CO detects smoke or carbon monoxide (CO), it will sound the built-in siren and send the signal to the alarm system resulting in an instant alarm followed by built-in siren sound caused by the rest of EWF1/EWF1CO wireless smoke/CO detectors. EWF1/EWF1CO device that detected smoke/CO will auto-reset when the smoke/CO clears, while the rest of EWF1/EWF1CO smoke/CO detectors will continue to sound in accordance with the set time period (by default - 30 seconds).
By default, the interconnection feature is enabled and the siren alarm duration is 30 seconds. To manage these parameters, please refer to the following configuration methods.
86 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
Disable interconnection
Enable interconnection
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → EWF1 SIREN INTERC.
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 50 and parameter status value:
50 0 #
Example: 500#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → EWF1 SIREN INTERC.
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 50 and parameter status value:
50 1 #
Example: 501#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Set EWF1/EWF1CO siren alarm duration
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
NOTE: The maximum supported EWF1/EWF1CO siren alarm duration is 255 seconds (4 mins. 15 secs.) even if the system‘s alarm duration value is longer.
NOTE: System‘s alarm duration has a higher priority against the EWF1/EWF1CO siren alarm duration, therefore EWF1/EWF1CO will sound as long as the system‘s alarm duration set up, unless the set up value for EWF1/EWF1CO siren alarm duration is shorter.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
19.8. EW2 - Wireless Zone and PGM Output Expansion Module
Main features:
• 4 zone terminals.
• 2 open-collector outputs.
STATUS
POWER
ANT
• Battery or externally-powered.
• Compatible with any third-party wired sensor or siren.
EW2 is a wireless device intended to expand ELDES alarm system capabilities by providing wireless connection access to any third-party wired devices. EW2 comes equipped with 4 zone terminals designed for wired digital sensor connection, such as magnetic door contact, motion detector etc. In addition, the 2 open-collector outputs on board allow to connect any wired siren as well as to connect and control any electrical appliance, such as gates, lights, watering etc.
The device can operate by powering it either using an external power supply or
3 x 1,5V AA type alkaline batteries on board. Once the external power supply is disconnected, EW2 will automatically switch to battery power.
The maximum number of EW2 devices that can be paired with the system depends on the number of the existing zones in system’s configuration. In case no keypad zones, no EPGM1 zones, no virtual zones and no other wireless zones
F1
For more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at www.eldesalarms.com
43 COM DC+ Z1 Z2 COM Z3 Z4 T1 COM T2 C1 C2
19.9. EWM1 - Wireless Power Socket
44
LED indication
Button for restoring default parameters or turning ON/OFF
EWM1 when paired with ELDES alarm system
Main features:
• Control your household equipment remotely by wireless keyfob, keypad, ELDES Cloud Services or automatically by scheduled time or system event
• Compatible with any 230V electrical appliance
• View real-time, daily and monthly power consumption report
• Fault indication and protection: circuit thermal, overvoltage, overcurrent, undervoltage, relay fault indication.
Type E, F or G outlet
EWM1 is a wireless device intended to expand ELDES alarm system capabilities by providing a wireless connection access to any 230V electrical appliance, such as lights, air-conditioner, watering equipment etc. By plugging the appliance into the electrical outlet of EWM1, the user gains a possibility to control it by wireless keyfob, keypad, scheduled time or a specific system event. In addition, EWM1 lets you monitor the power consumption and view the reports. In addition, the for safety and protection purposes EWM1 will prevent from powering up the electrical appliance if certain fault conditions are present (see 29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS) In order to start using EWM1, it has to be paired with ELDES alarm system using Eldes Utility or by sending a corresponding SMS text message to ELDES alarm system.
It is possible to pair up to 32 EWM1 devices with the system at a time.
The maximum wireless connection range is 150m (492.13ft) (in open areas).
For more on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the user manual of the device located at: www.eldesalarms.com
To monitor real-time power consumption value, view today’s or monthly power consumption reports or reset the power consumption counter, please refer to the following configuration methods.
View power consumption reports
SMS
SMS text message content: ssss EWM1INFO
Value: ssss - 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111 EWM1INFO
88 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
Reset power consumption counter for individual EWM1 device
EKB2
Menu path:
Real-time power consumption: OK → mmmm → OK → PGM OUTPUTS → OK → out-name → OK
→ REAL TIME ENERGY
Today’s power consumption: ... → out-name → OK → TODAY ENERGY
Monthly power consumption: ... → out-name → OK → MONTHLY ENERGY
Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; out-name - PGM output name associated with a certain
EWM1 device.
SMS
EKB2
SMS text message content: ssss EWM1RESET:out-name
Value: ssss - 4-digit SMS password; out-name - PGM output name associated with a certain
EWM1 device.
Example: 1111 EWM1RESET:Control14
Menu path:
OK → mmmm → OK → PGM OUTPUTS → OK → out-name → OK → RESET COUNTER → OK →
YES → OK
Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; out-name - PGM output name associated with a certain EWM1 device.
Reset power consumption counter for all EWM1 devices simultaneously
SMS
SMS text message content: ssss EWM1RESET:ALL
Value: ssss - 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111 EWM1RESET:ALL
NOTE: Real-time power consumption value is NOT included in the power consumption report requested by SMS text message and can only be seen on Eldes Cloud.
19.10. EWKB5 Wireless Touchpad Overview
EWKB5 is a wireless accessory equipped with a 4.3” true-colour touch screen and compatible with ESIM384 alarm system.
device features:
• Arming and disarming • Multilingual voice-guided audio instructions
• Violated zone bypass and bypassed zone activation
• PGM output control
• Customizable user-friendly graphical menu
• Navigation through the menu using the touch screen
•
•
•
Adjustable brightness and volume level
Battery or externally-powered
Add/delete/edit username and user/master code PIN (accessible from the User’s menu)
EWKB5 has 1 built-in zone terminal, which is by default designed for passive wired digital sensor connection, such as magnetic door contact, and 2 tamper switches for enclosure state supervision in case it is illegally opened or detached from the wall. Regardless if the tamper switch alone is to be used, the zone must be enabled and the resistor of 5,6kΩ nominal must be connected across Z1 and COM connectors.
It is possible to connect up to 2 EWKB5 devices to the alarm system ESIM384. The maximum wireless connection range is 1000m (~984ft)
(in open areas).
Main menu features:
Partition button – arms/disarms the system once a valid master/user code PIN is entered; indicates partition status (armed/disarmed), presence of system faults.
Quick arm button – arms the system by touching and holding this button; master/user code not required (customizable, hidden by default; not shown in picture).
Bypass - the Bypass icon will be shown on the main screen if any bypassed zone is present.
Fire – instantly causes fire alarm by pressing and holding this button (customizable, hidden by default).
Panic – instantly causes silent alarm by pressing and holding this button (customizable, hidden by default).
Controls – opens PGM output menu, thus letting you turn a certain PGM output ON or OFF (customizable, hidden by default).
Settings – grants access to settings menu once a valid master code is entered.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
Temperature
HOME: 27 o C
!
01:19
Partition button
HOME Panic Fire Controls Settings
Low wireless signal
Digital clock
Low battery
Dashboard features:
• Low wireless signal – appears when the wireless signal strength ( between EWKB5 and alarm system) drops below 30%.
• Low battery – appears when the battery power drops below 5%.
• Temperature – measured by a built-in ESIM384 temperature sensor or a wireless device paired with the system (customizable, disabled and hidden by default)
• Digital clock – displays system’s current time.
19.10.1. Sleep mode and how to wake up EWKB5
Once EWKB5 is paired, it will attempt to exchange data with the system. The communication process follows this pattern:
Sleep mode. Due to battery power saving reasons, most of the time EWKB5 touchpad operates in sleep mode and periodically (by default
– every 30 seconds) transmits the supervision signal, identified as Test Time, to the ESIM384 system. When the touchpad operates in the sleep mode, the LCD display is switched OFF, but the touchpad permanently stays alert in case of alarm event. However, when the touchpad transmits the supervision signal to the system, it will NOT activate the LCD display.
How to wake up EWKB5
01:19
Home Settings
V0.0
The touchpad will instantly wake up and activate the LCD display under the following conditions:
• when the user slide his finger across the LCD display.
• in the event of any type of alarm while the partition is being armed.
• in the event of fire alarm, regardless of the system status – armed or disarmed.
• while entry delay countdown is in progress.
NOTE: It is highly recommended installing EWKB5 near the designated entrance/exit door and using EWKB5 zone for wired magnetic door contact connection.
19.10.2. How to configure and control the system by EWKB5
The system configuration and control by EWKB5 touchpad is carried out using simple, yet powerful graphical menu displayed on the touch screen. For user-friendly experience, the device supports voice-guided audio instructions. Additionally, the main menu buttons and dash-
90 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
board (top bar) are customizable, thus enabling the user to arrange the components in any way he/she wants.
To navigate through the menu, touch the desired main menu button representing a certain action or menu section. To enter a required value, use the on-screen keyboard automatically appearing when necessary. Typically, the configuration of the system by EWKB5 touchpad is carried out by accessing the Settings menu secured with the master code.
19.10.3. How to arm the system by EWKB5
NOTE: If the user fails to enter a correct user/master code 10 times in a row, the system will block the EWKB5 touchpad. While the touchpad is blocked, the system prevents from completing any action. The touchpad will unblock once the alarm system is restarted (user may restart alarm system by turning both mains power and backup power supply OFF or by sending an appropriate SMS command ssss restart , where
“ssss” stands for user’s 4-digit SMS password.
1. To arm the system, touch the Partition button and enter a valid 4-digit user/master code PIN using the on-screen numpad. Alternatively, the user can touch and hold the Quick Arm button in order to arm the system without entering the user code (Quick Arm button will let user to arm all Partitions shown to the current touchpad). However, both methods require the user/master code in order to disarm the system.
If more than 1 Partition is being used, then after entering a valid 4-digit user/master code PIN user will get access to the additional Partition select menu to choose Partitions which he wants to Arm or Disarm. Note that the user must enable/assign the Partition by using Eldes
Utility first.
2. The system will initiate the exit delay countdown (by default – 15 seconds) intended for user to leave the secured premises. The countdown initiation will be indicated by voice-guided instructions followed by short beeps emitted by the touchpad.
HOME: 27 o C 01:19
HOME Quick Arm Panic Fire Settings
7
C
1
4
8
0
2
5
3
6
9
User PIN
HOME: 27 o C 01:19
ARMING
HOME Quick Arm Panic Fire Settings
01:19
PART1 PART2 PART3 PART4 Settings
V0.0
PART1
PART2
PART3
PART4
Select partitions
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
HOME: 27 o C 01:19
HOME Quick Arm Panic Fire Settings
3. Once the system is successfully armed, the touchpad will display icon on the Partition button followed by SMS text message confirmation delivered to the listed user phone number (by default).
SMS
User ESIM384
19.10.4. How to disarm and turn off alarm by EWKB5
1. The system will initiate the entry delay countdown (by default – 15 seconds) after the user has entered the secured premises. Entry delay countdown is intended for user to enter a valid user code and disarm the system before the alarm is caused.
2. To disarm the system and/or turn off the alarm, enter a valid 4-digit user/master code using the on-screen numpad.
7
C
1
4
8
0
2
5
3
6
9
User PIN
SYSTEM IS
DISARMED
HOME: 27 o C 01:19
HOME Quick Arm Panic Fire Settings
3. Once the system is successfully disarmed, the icon displayed on the Partition button will turn to followed by SMS text message confirmation delivered to the listed phone number (by default).
92 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
SMS
User ESIM384
19.10.5. About STAY mode and how to activate it by EWKB5
Stay mode allows the user to arm and disarm the alarm system without leaving the secured premises. Typically, this feature is used when arming the system at home before going to bed.
The system can be Stay-armed using EWKB5 under the following condition:
Automatic – If a Delay-type zone with Stay attribute enabled exists and it is NOT violated during the exit delay countdown, the system will arm in Stay mode. Once the system is successfully Stay-armed, the icon will be indicated on the Partition button.
For more details on how to disarm and turn off the alarm by EWKB5 touchpad, please refer to section How to disarm the system and turn
OFF alarm by EWKB5.
19.10.6. Alarm indications and how to view violated zones / tampers by EWKB5
The icon displayed on the Partition button indicates that no violated zones and/or tampers are present, therefore the partition is ready for arming. If the icon is displayed instead, the partition is not ready for arming, therefore the user must restore all violated zones before arming the partition. Alternatively, the violated zones and violated tampers associated with the zone can be bypassed (if a zone with the
Force attribute is bypassed, the following icon will appear on the main screen ; see 19.10.7. How to bypass a violated zone and
activate a bypassed zone by EWKB5) or a Force attribute enabled for a certain zone, resulting in partial arm (if a zone with the Force attribute is violated, the following icon will appear on the main screen; see Zone attributes). The icon displayed on the Partition button represents all types of alarm, except tamper and fire alarm, while the icon represents fire alarm exclusively. Note that when the system is armed, both and icons will disappear. In case of system fault presence, including tamper violation, the icon will appear on the Partition button (see section 19.10.11. Fault messages).
To view the list of violated zones and/or violated tampers associated with certain zones, please open Zones section by navigating through the menu as follows. Please, note that Master code is required for this action.
HOME: 27 o C 01:19
HOME Quick Arm Panic Fire Settings
7
C
1
4
8
0
2
5
3
6
9
Master PIN
HOME: 27 o C 01:19
Alarm Zone1
Alarm Zone2
Alarm Zone4
EKB5W Police zone
EKB5W Fire zone
Zones
Bypass Events Zones Outputs Faults
The following Zones section icons represent the state of a certain zone/tamper:
– zone/tamper is OK – not violated.
– zone of wireless category.
– zone is violated.
– tamper associated with a corresponding zone is violated.
- LOW battery of the corresponding zones sensor
19.10.7. How to bypass a violated zone and activate a bypassed zone by EWKB5
Arming the system is disabled while there’s at least 1 violated zone. Bypassing the zone allows to temporally disable a particular violated zone and arm the alarm system afterwards.
In case the user attempts to arm the system, while a violated zone/tamper exists, the touchpad will automatically re-direct the user to the
Bypass section, which lists the violated zones/tampers, and deny system arming unless the violated zone/tamper is bypassed. Alternatively, the user can navigate through the menu as indicated below.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
1. To bypass a certain zone and the tamper associated with the zone, please slide the appropriate switch to the right.
2. To activate a bypassed zone, navigate through the aforementioned menu path and slide the bypassed zone’s switch to the left.
HOME: 27 o C 01:19
HOME Quick Arm Panic Fire Settings
7
C
1
4
8
0
2
5
3
6
9
Master PIN
HOME: 27 o C 01:19
Alarm Zone1
HOME
Alarm Zone2
HOME
Alarm Zone4
HOME
EKB5W Police zone
HOME Bypass Events Zones Outputs Faults
NOTE: Zones can only be bypassed when the system is not armed.
The Configuration mode must be deactivated, while bypassing and activating a bypassed zone.
19.10.8. How to manually trigger panic or fire alarm by EWKB5
In the event of emergency, the user might be able to manually trigger the fire and panic alarm using EWKB5. By default the Fire and Panic buttons are disabled, therefore they must be enabled under the Settings section beforehand.
To trigger fire or panic alarm, please touch and hold the Fire or Panic button respectively. This action will be followed by a voice message
“Fire signal has been sent” and “Alarm signal has been sent” respectively. Also, panic or fire button trigger silent or fire virtual zone. No user/ master code is required for this action.
HOME: 27 o C
!
01:19 HOME: 27 o C
!
01:19
HOME Panic Fire Controls Settings HOME Panic Fire Controls Settings
19.10.9. How to control PGM outputs by EWKB5
Using EWKB5 , user can remotely control the electric appliances linked to the PGM outputs of the associated wireless devices. The available
PGM outputs are listed under the Controls button menu. By default the Controls button is disabled, therefore it must be enabled under the
Advanced section beforehand. Alternatively, the user can enable an individual button for each available PGM output in order to control it directly from the main menu. The button title reflects the PGM output name that can be changed using Eldes Utility.
A. To turn a PGM output ON, touch the Controls button (path: Master menu -> Advanced ->Quick menu) in order to access the list of available PGM outputs and slide the switch of a certain PGM output to the right. Sliding the switch to the left will turn OFF the PGM output. No code is required for these actions.
94 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
HOME: 27 o C
!
01:19
Control1
Control2
HOME Panic Fire Controls Settings
B. To turn a PGM output ON by a single touch, please touch the corresponding PGM output button. Notice the icon displayed on the button changing from (represents PGM output’s OFF state) to (represents PGM output’s ON state). Touching the button again will turn OFF the PGM output. No code is required for these actions. The maximum number of PGM outputs that can be shown on the Main menu is 5.
HOME: 27 o C 01:19
Controls Fire Control1 Control2 Settings
NOTE: If you do not wish to display either the Controls button or individual PGM output button in the main menu due to the security reasons, you can alternatively access the Controls menu under the Settings menu secured with Master PIN code.
19.10.10. How to view event log using EWKB5
The event log feature allows the system to chronologically register the records regarding certain system events, such as alarms, arm/ disarm events etc. Using EWKB5 the user can view the complete event log.
To view the event log, please navigate through the menu as follows. Please, note that this action requires Master PIN code.
HOME: 27 o C 01:19
HOME Quick Arm Panic Fire Settings
7
C
1
4
8
0
2
5
3
6
9
Master PIN
HOME: 27 o C 01:19
Bypass Events Zones Outputs Faults
For more details on event log feature, please refer to section 28.1. Event Log
Events from 1 - 16
Disarmed over KEYBOARD: HOME
User1
2016.09.06 10:40
Zone Alarm: HOME, Alarm Zone1
2016.09.06 10:39
Stay Armed over KEYBOARD: HOME
User1
2016.09.06 09:47
Disarmed over KEYBOARD: HOME
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
19.10.11. User’s menu
Using EWKB5 , it is possible to add new users and configure which partitions the newly added user can control. The option to add a new user is listed under the Users button menu. To add a new user, please navigate through the menu as follows. Please, note that this action requires Master PIN code (only for the entrance to Settings menu).
User configurtion
Master
ADD NEW USER
Zones Outputs Faults Users Advanced
PIN: Pin must be 4 digits
Home
Garage
Basment
96 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
19.10.12. Master’s menu
Using EWKB5 , it is possible to: edit Master settings, change Master name and Master PIN code; manage Partitions; delete selected users.
User configurtion
Master
ADD NEW USER
Zones Outputs Faults Users Advanced
PIN:
Home
Garage
Basment
Master|
1111|
1
Q
2
W
A S
Z
3
E
D
X
4
R space
F
C
5
T
G
V
6
Y
7
U
8
I
H
B
J
N enter
K
M
9
O
L
0
P
Master|
1 2
Q
A
W
S
Z
3
E
D
X
4
R space
F
C
5
T
G
V
6
Y
7
U
8
I
H
B
J
N enter
K
M
9
O
L
0
P
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
19.10.13. Fault messages
icon displayed on the Partition button indicates the presence of certain system faults. To view a detailed list of the currently present system faults, please navigate through the menu as follows. Please, note that Master PIN code is required for this action.
HOME: 27 o C 01:19
HOME Quick Arm Panic Fire Settings
7
C
1
4
8
0
2
5
3
6
9
Master PIN
HOME: 27 o C 01:19
Tamper Violated
Zones Outputs Faults Users Settings
A more detailed description of each system fault is provided in the table below.
Message
MAIN POWER LOST
LOW BATTERY
BAD BATTERY
RF JAMMER DETECTED
TAMPER VIOLATED
DATE/TIME NOT SET
GSM FAILURE
Description
Mains power is lost
Low backup battery power - backup battery voltage is lower than required
Backup battery requires replacement - backup battery resistance is 2,5Ω or higher
Wireless signal is blocked by jammer
One or more tampers are violated
Date/time not set
GSM connection is lost
WIRELESS COMMUNICATION FAILURE Wireless connection with a certain (all) wireless device is lost for 20 minutes or longer
EWM1 FAULT One or more EWM1 device faults exist - enter this menu item to view the existing EWM1 device faults.
COMMUNICATION TO MS FAILED In case the system ends up with all unsuccessful attempts by all connections to deliver data message to the monitoring station.
In order to find out which particular tamper is violated, please open the Master-code-secured Zones section by navigating through the menu as follows.
19.10.14. Advanced
The availability of additional configuration on EWKB5 touchpad screen depends on user’s selection. Once the user wakes the touchpad up, enters to the Main menu’s Settings section and slides his finger across the LCD display, there he’ll see the button “Advanced”. When the user click on that button, the additional menu will open up and from there on the user will be able to check or configure the following:
Temperature - indicates the current temperature of the secured area premises, monitored by the alarm system’s temperature sensor.
Sound settings - allows to change various sound settings of the EWKB5 (to increase/decrease speech or sound volume, to enable speech in case of fire alarm, etc. )
LCD settings - allows to change EWKB5 screen’s wake up time and brightness settings.
Quick menu - allows to select those necessary options (menu buttons), which will be shown on the main screen of EWKB5. Arrows (directed up and down) offers to re-order the current layout of menu buttons.
Service Mode - this mode should be used when it is necessary to re-install some of the peripheral devices (to change batteries, open/close enclosure and etc.) or make other installation changes. In this mode, system does not check for tamper faults so it won’t start siren alarm.
About - section of additional information about the touchpad model, alarm system model, hardware and firmware.
98 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
Temperature
Zones Outputs Faults Users Advanced
Sound Settings
Speech volume
Sound volume
Speech on fire
30 %
30 %
Quick Menu
Quick arm
Panic
Fire
About
Model:
EWKB5
Connected to:
ESIM384, FW: V1.0.17
Firmware version: V0.0
LCD Stteings
Brightness
Wake up time
75 %
10 s
Service mode
Service mode
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
20. WIRED SIREN/BELL
When the system is in alarm state, the siren/bell will sound until the set time (by default – 1 minute) expires or until the system is disarmed.
To set the alarm duration, please refer to the following configuration methods.
Set alarm duration SMS
EKB2
SMS text message content: ssss SIREN:t
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; t – alarm duration, range – [0... 5] minutes.
Example: 1111 SIREN:4
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → ALARM DURATION
→ OK → tt → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; tt – alarm duration, range – [1... 10] minutes.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 10 and alarm duration:
10 tt #
Value: tt – alarm duration, range – [00... 10] minutes.
Example: 1007#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
View alarm duration
SMS
EKB2
SMS text message content: ssss SIREN
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password
Example: 1111 SIREN
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → ALARM DURATION
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
For siren/bell wiring diagram, please refer to 2.3.3. Siren.
NOTE: The maximum supported alarm duration is 30 minutes that can be set up using Eldes Utility only. “0” value disables the siren/bell.
NOTE: Due to battery power saving reasons, the wireless siren will sound for up to 6 minutes max. regardless of the set up alarm duration value when it is longer than 6 minutes
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
20.1. BELL Output Status Monitoring
The system constantly supervises the BELL output. If the siren/bell is disconnected/cut-off, the system may send the notification by SMS text message (by default- disabled) to the listed user phone number and indicate system fault condition on the keypad (see 29. INDI-
CATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS). Once the bell/siren is connected/fixed, the system may notify the listed user by SMS text message (by default - disabled) and the keypad will no longer indicate system fault. Please, note that in order to use this feature, the resistors must be connected to BELL output. Resistors must be connected to BELL output to meet the monitored resistance value of 1kOhm-2.2kOhm if the siren itself does not have this resistance (see 2.3.3. Siren).
By default, the notification by SMS text message regarding the BELL output status is disabled. To enable/disable this notification, please refer to the following configuration methods.
Enable Siren Fail/
Restore notification
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Menu path:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
MS delivery report: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:
User phone number: 25 08 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 08 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 08 1 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2508021#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Disable Siren Fail/
Restore notification
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Menu path:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:
User phone number: 25 08 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 08 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 08 50 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2508040#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
For more details on how Send SMS text message to all users simultaneously and SMS Cascade parameters affect the SMS text message transmission, please refer to 27. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS.
20.2. Bell Squawk
If enabled, the siren/bell indicates the completed system arming and disarming process. After the system is successfully armed, the siren/ bell will emit 2 short beeps and 1 long beep after the system is disarmed. To enable/disable the Bell Squawk feature, please refer to the following configuration methods. NOTE: wireless siren always emits 3 beeps regardless of arming or disarming was done.
Enable Bell Squawk
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → BELL SQUAWK → OK
→ ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
Disable Bell Squawk
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 29 and parameter status value:
29 1 #
Example: 291#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → BELL SQUAWK → OK
→ DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 29 and parameter statusvalue:
29 0 #
Example: 290#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
20.3. Bell Squawk in Stay Mode
If enabled, the Bell Squawk will be available when arming/disarming the system in Stay mode (see 15. STAY MODE). To enable/disable this feature, please refer to the following configuration methods
Enable Bell Squawk in Stay Mode
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → BELL SQUAWK STAY
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 95 and parameter status value:
95 1 #
Value: 951#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Disable Bell Squawk
in Stay Mode
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → BELL SQUAWK STAY
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 95 and parameter status value:
95 0 #
Value: 950#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
20.4. Indication by EWS2 - Wireless Outdoor Siren Indicators
When enabled, the built-in LED indicators of EWS2 wireless outdoor siren will flash during the alarm. To enable/disable this feature, please refer to the following configuration methods.
Enable EWS2 LED indication
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → EWS2 LED → OK →
ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 88 and parameter status value:
88 1 #
Example: 881#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Disable EWS2 LED indication
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → EWS2 LED → OK →
DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 88 and parameter status value:
88 0 #
Example: 880#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
20.5. Indication by EWS3 - Wireless Indoor Siren Indicators
When enabled, the built-in LED indicators of EWS3 wireless indoor siren will flash during the alarm. In the event of burglary, 24-hour or tamper alarm, EWS3 will flash the blue LED indicators, while in case of a fire alarm, the device can flash the red LED indicator. To enable/ disable these features, please refer to the following configuration methods.
Enable EWS3 LED indication
EKB2
Menu path:
Burglary/24-hour/tamper alarm LED: OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN
SETTINGS → OK → EWS3 ALARM LED → OK → ENABLE → OK
Fire alarm LED: ... → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → EWS3 FIRE LED → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 94/93 and parameter status value:
Burglary/24-hour/tamper alarm LED: 94 1 #
Fire alarm LED: 93 1 #
Example: 931#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Disable EWS3 LED indication
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Menu path:
Burglary/24-hour/tamper alarm LED: OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN
SETTINGS → OK → EWS3 ALARM LED → OK → DISABLE → OK
Fire alarm LED: ... → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → EWS3 FIRE LED → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 94/93 and parameter status value:
Burglary/24-hour/tamper alarm LED: 94 0 #
Fire alarm LED: 93 0 #
Example: 940#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
21. BACKUP BATTERY, MAINS POWER STATUS MONITORING AND MEMORY
21.1. Backup Battery Status Monitoring
The system may comes equipped with a backup battery maintaining power supply of the system when the mains power is temporally lost.
The implemented feature allows the system to perform a self-test on the backup battery and notify the user by SMS text message as well as to indicate system fault by the keypad (see 29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS) if:
• battery has failed and requires replacement – battery resistance is 2Ω or higher; self-tested every 24 hours.
• battery is dead or missing – battery is not present or battery voltage is below 5V; self-tested every 1 minute.
• battery power is running low – battery voltage is 10.5V or lower; constantly self-tested.
By default, all notifications regarding the backup battery status are enabled. To disable/enable a determined backup battery notification, please refer to the following configuration methods.
Disable Battery Failed notification
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Menu path:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → BATTERY FAILED → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:
User phone number: 25 05 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 05 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 05 0 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2105010#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Enable Battery Failed notification
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Menu path:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → BATTERY FAILED → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:
User phone number: 25 05 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 05 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 05 1 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2505031#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Disable Battery Dead or Missing notification
EKB2
Menu path:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK
→ GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:
User phone number: 25 06 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 06 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 06 0 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 5506070#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Enable Battery Dead or Missing notification
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Menu path:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK
→ GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:
User phone number: 25 06 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 06 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 06 1 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 5506101#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Disable Low Battery notification
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Menu path:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → LOW BATTERY → OK → GSM
USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → LOW BATTERY → OK → SMS TO ALL → OK
→ DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → LOW BATTERY → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:
User phone number: 25 07 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 07 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 07 0 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2107100#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Enable Low Battery notification
EKB2
Menu path:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → LOW BATTERY → OK → GSM
USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → LOW BATTERY → OK → SMS TO ALL → OK
→ ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → LOW BATTERY → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:
User phone number: 25 07 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 07 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 07 1 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2107021#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
For more details on how Send SMS text message to all users simultaneously and SMS Cascade parameters affect the SMS text massage transmission, please refer to 27. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS.
NOTE: In order to view the backup battery voltage, resistance, please refer to Diagnostic Management feature available on Eldes Utility .
21.2. Mains Power Status Monitoring
If the household electricity is unstable in the system installation area, the system may temporally lose its power supply and continue operating on the backup battery power. The system supervises the mains power and notifies the user by SMS text message as well as indicates system fault condition on the keypad (see 29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS) when the mains power is lost. When the mains power restores, the system will notify the user by SMS text message and the keypad will no longer indicate system fault.
By default, system notification by SMS text message regarding mains power status is enabled. To disable/enable this notification, please refer to the following configuration methods.
Disable mains power loss/restore notification
EKB2
Menu path:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → MAIN POWER L/R → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISBLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → MAIN POWER L/R → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → MAIN POWER L/R → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:
User phone number: 25 04 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 04 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 04 0 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2504050#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Enable mains power loss/restore notification
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Menu path:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → MAIN POWER L/R → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → MAIN POWER L/R → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → MAIN POWER L/R → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:
User phone number: 25 04 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 04 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 04 1 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2514091#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
By default, mains power loss and restore delay are 30 and 120 seconds respectively. To set a different mains power loss and restore delay duration, please refer to the following configuration methods.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
Set mains power loss delay
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Menu path:
OK → iii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → MAIN POWER STATUS → OK → LOSS DELAY →
OK → lllll → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; lllll – mains power loss delay duration, range - [0... 65535] seconds.
Enter parameter 70 and loss delay duration:
70 lllll #
Value: lllll – mains power loss delay duration, range - [0... 65535] seconds.
Example: 7043#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Set mains power restore delay
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → MAIN POWER STATUS → OK → RESTORE DELAY
→ OK → rrrrr → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; rrrrr – mains power restore delay duration, range - [0...
65535] seconds.
Enter parameter 71 and restore delay duration:
71 rrrrr #
Value: rrrrr – mains power restore delay duration, range - [0... 65535] seconds.
Example: 71150#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
For more details on how Send SMS text message to all users simultaneously and SMS Cascade parameters affect the SMS text message transmission, please refer to 27. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS.
21.3. Memory
The configuration settings and event log records are stored in a built-in memory, therefore even if the system is fully shut down, the configuration and event log remain. For more details regarding the event log, please refer to 28. EVENT AND ALARM LOG.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
22. GSM CONNECTION AND ANTENNA STATUS MONITORING
22.1. GSM Connection Status Monitoring
The system supervises the GSM connection every 10 minutes. When the GSM connection loss is detected, the system indicator NETW will light OFF and the system will attempt to restore the GSM connection. In case the system fails to restore the GSM connection within a 3-minute period (by default), the keypad will indicate the system fault condition (see 29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS) and the system will continue the attempt to restore the GSM connection. In addition, the system may turn ON a determined PGM output to indicate the GSM connection loss fault (by default - disabled).
Once the GSM signal restores, the system may notify the listed user by SMS text message (by default - disabled), the keypad will no longer indicate system fault and the determined PGM output will turn OFF (if set up).
By default, the notifications by SMS text message regarding GSM signal loss is disabled. To enable/disable this notification, please refer to the following configuration methods.
Enable GSM
Connection Failed notification
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Menu path:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → OK → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK
→ GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → SMS TO
ALL → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:
User phone number: 25 11 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 11 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 11 1 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 21111#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Disable GSM
Connection Failed notification
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Menu path:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → OK → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK
→ GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → SMS TO
ALL → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:
User phone number: 25 11 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 11 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 11 0 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2511020#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
By default, the PGM output for GSM signal loss indication is not set. To set the PGM output and delay duration for GSM signal loss indication, please refer to the following configuration method.
Manage GSM signal loss indication by PGM output
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
For more details on how Send SMS text message to all users simultaneously and SMS Cascade parameters affect the SMS text massage transmission, please refer to 27. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
22.2. GSM/GPRS antenna Status Monitoring
The system constantly monitors the GSM/GPRS antenna status. If the GSM/GPRS antenna is disconnected/cut-off, the system may send notification by SMS text message (by default - disabled) to the listed user and the keypad will indicate system fault condition (see 29. IN-
DICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS). Once the antenna is connected/fixed, the system may notify the user by SMS text message (by default
- disabled) and the keypad will no longer indicate system fault.
By default, the notification by SMS text message regarding the GSM/GPRS antenna status is disabled. To enable/disable this notification, please refer to the following configuration methods.
Enable GSM/GPRS
Antenna Fail/Restore notification
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Menu path:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → OK → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:
User phone number: 25 12 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 12 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 12 1 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2512031#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Disable GSM/GPRS
Antenna Fail/Restore notification
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Menu path:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → OK → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:
User phone number: 25 12 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 120 #
SMS delivery report: 55 120 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2512030#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
For more details on how Send SMS text message to all users simultaneously and SMS Cascade parameters affect the SMS text message transmission, please refer to 27. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
23. PARTITIONS
ESIM384 system comes equipped with a partitioning feature that can divide the alarm system into four independently controlled areas identified as Partition 1 through 4, which are all supervised by one alarm system unit. Partitioning can be used in installations where shared alarm system is more practical, such as a house and a garage or within a single multi-storey building. When partitioned, each system element, like zone, user phone number, keypad, user/master code, iButton key and wireless keyfob can be assigned to single or multiple partitions. The user will then be able to arm/disarm the system partition (-s) that the zones and arm/disarm method are assigned to.
The following table reflects the values used for system element assignment to partitions when configuring via EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/
EWKB4 keypad. A sum of values is used to assign the element to multiple partitions.
Partition
Partition 1
Partition 2
Partition 3
Partition 4
Value
1
2
4
8
Example1: The user wants to assign a certain iButton key to Partition 4 only. According to the table value 8 reflects Partition 4. He would then have to enter value 8.
Example2: The user wants to assign a certain user code to Partition 2 and 3. According to the table value 2 reflects Partition 2, while value 4 reflects Partition 3, therefore 2 + 4 = 6. He would then have to enter value 6.
Example3: The user wants to assign a certain zone to Partition 1, 3 and 4. According to the table value 1 reflects Partition 1, while values 4 and 8 reflect Partitions 3 and 4 respectively, therefore 1 + 4 + 8 = 13. He would then have to enter value 13.
23.1. Zone Partition
Zone partition determines which system partition (-s) the zone will operate in.
Set zone partition EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Menu path:
On-board zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ONBOARD ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 16 → OK
→ PARTITION → OK → pv → OK
Wireless zone: ... → WIRELESS ZONE 17... 144 → OK → PARTITION → OK → pv → OK
Keypad zone: ... → KEYPAD ZONES → OK → 1ST... 4TH KEYPAD ZONE → OK → PARTITION →
OK → pv → OK
EPGM1 zone: ... → EPGM1 ZONES 1-16... EPGM1 ZONES 17-32 → OK → EPGM1 ZONE 1... 32 →
OK → PARTITION → OK → pv → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; pv – partition value, range – [1... 15] (see 23. PARTITIONS).
Enter parameter 57, zone number and partition value:
57 nn pv #
Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 144]; pv – partition value, range – [1... 15].
Example: 57032#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
ATTENTION: Wireless siren EWS2/EWS3 siren will sound only if wireless zone of the siren is assigned to the same partition as the one that has been alarmed.
23.2. User Phone Number Partition
User phone number partition determines which system partition (-s) can be armed/disarmed from a certain user phone number by dialing system’s phone number or sending an SMS text message.
Set user phone number partition
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → CALL/SMS SETTINGS → OK → USERS → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → PARTITION → pv → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; pv – partition value, range – [01... 15].
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 59, user phone number slot and partition value:
59 us pv #
Value: us – user phone number slot, range – [01... 10]; pv – partition value, range – [01... 15].
Example: 591013#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch
Keypad partition determines which system partition the keypad will operate in. To identify which partition the keypad is operating in:
• EKB2 – Refer to partition name (by default – PART1) indicated in home screen view.
• EKB3W/EWKB4/EKB3 (2-partition mode) – Refer to the location of the illuminated indicator on the keypad. The indicator will be illuminated under section A or B, which represent Partition 1 and Partition 2 respectively.
EKB3 keypad can operate in the following modes:
• 2-partition mode – This parameter determines whether EKB3 keypad can operate only in one of the first two system partitions allowing to arm/disarm them and switch the keypad partition using [1]... [2] keys. This mode is set up by default.
• 4-partition mode – This parameter determines whether EKB3 keypad can operate in one of the four system partitions allowing to arm/disarm them, indicate arm/disarm status, partition state (alarmed/not alarmed) on [1]... [4] keys (see 32.1.2. EKB3 - LED Key-
pad) and switch the keypad partition using [1]... [4] keys.
The keypad must be assigned to the same partition as the user/master code (see 23.4. User/Master Code Partition) in order to arm/ disarm the system by the keypad. For more details on system arming/disarming by the keypad, please refer to 12.3. EKB2 Keypad and
User/Master Code, 12.4. EKB3 Keypad and User/Master Code and 12.5. EKB3W/EWKB4 Keypad and User/Master Code.
Set EKB3 partition mode as 2-partition or
4-partition
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Set keypad partition EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Menu path:
EKB2 partition: OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → KEYPAD PARTITION → OK →
KEYPAD PARTITION → OK → [k] EKB2 → OK → PARTITION 1... 4 → OK → DISABLE | ENABLE → OK
EKB3 partition: ... → KEYPAD PARTITION → OK → [k] EKB3 → OK → PARTITION 1... 4 → OK
EKB3W partition: ... → KEYPAD PARTITION → OK → EKB3W PARTITION → OK → EKB3W wless-id
→ OK → PARTITION 1... 2 → OK
EWKB4 partition: ... → KEYPAD PARTITION → OK → EWKB4 PARTITION → OK → EWKB4 wless-id
→ OK → PARTITION 1... 2 → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; k – keypad slot, range – [1... 4]; wless-id – 8-character wireless device ID code.
Enter parameter 51, keypad slot and partition number:
EKB3 partition: 51 kk p #
EKB3W/EWKB4 partition: 51 kw r #
Value: kk – EKB3 keypad slot, range – [01... 04]; kw – EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad slot, range –
[05... 08]; p – EKB3 partition number, range – [1... 4]; r – EKB3W/EWKB4 partition number, range – [1... 2].
Example: 51062#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
ATTENTION: 4-partition mode must be enabled in order to assign EKB3 keypad to Partition 3 or Partition 4.
NOTE: EKB2 keypad can operate in multiple partitions, while EKB3 keypad can operate only in a single partition.
NOTE: EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad assignment is restricted to Partition 1 and Partition 2.
NOTE: The slots for EKB3W/EWKB4 keypads are automatically assigned to the paired keypad in the chronological order, hence the earliest paired keypad would acquire slot 5, while the latest paired keypad would acquire slot 8.
Keypad partition switch allows to quickly change the EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad partition. When the keypad partition is changed and when 1 minute after the last key-stroke expires, the keypad will return to the assigned keypad partition. Typically, this feature is used for viewing arm/ disarm status and alarms of a different partition or when arming/disarming a different system partition by EKB3/EKB3W/
EWKB4 keypad than the keypad is assigned to.
By default, keypad partition switch is disabled. To enable/disable this feature, please refer to the following configuration methods.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
Enable keypad partition switch
Disable keypad partition switch
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → KEYPAD PARTITION → OK → PARTITION SWITCH
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 77 and parameter status value:
77 1#
Example: 771#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → KEYPAD PARTITION → OK → PARTITION SWITCH
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 77 and parameter status value:
77 0 #
Example: 770#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
NOTE: Keypad partition switch can only be used when the system is partitioned.
23.4. User/Master Code Partition
User/master code partition determines which system partition (-s) can be armed/disarm using a certain user/master code. User/master code must be assigned to the same partition as the keypad (see 23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch) in order to arm/ disarm the system by EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad . For more details on system arming/disarming by the keypad, please refer to
12.3. EKB2 Keypad and User/Master Code, 12.4. EKB3 Keypad and User/Master Code and 12.5. EKB3W/EWKB4 Keypad and
User/Master Code.
Set user/master code partition
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Menu path:
Master code: OK → mmmm → OK → CODES → OK → MASTER CODE → OK → PARTITION → OK
→ pv → OK
User code 2... 17: ... → CODES → OK → USER CODE (2-17) → OK → USER CODE 2... 17 → OK →
PARTITION → OK → pv → OK
User code 18... 30: ... → CODES → OK → USER CODE (18-30) → OK → USER CODE 18... 30 → OK
→ PARTITION → OK → pv → OK
Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; pv – partition value, range – [01... 15].
Press , 5, enter 01/user code slot, partition value and master code:
Master code: 5 01 pv mmmm #
User code: 5 us pv mmmm #
Value: us - user code slot, range - [02... 30]; pv – partition value, range – [01... 15]; mmmm -
4-digit master code.
Example: 504081111#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
NOTE for EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4: The Configuration mode must be deactivated, while managing user and master code partition.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
23.5. iButton Key Partition iButton key partition determines which system partition (-s) can be armed/disarmed using a certain key. iButton key must be assigned to the partition (-s) that the user desires to arm. For more details on system arming/disarming by iButton key, please refer to 12.6. iButton
Key.
Set iButton key partition
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → IBUTTON KEYS → OK → IBUTTON → OK → IBUTTON 1... 16 → OK →
PARTITION → OK → pv → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; pv – partition value, range – [1... 15]..
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 60, iButton key slot and partition value:
60 is pv #
Value: is – iButton key slot, range – [01... 16]; pv – partition value, range – [1... 15].
Example: 60059#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
23.6. EWK2 Wireless Keyfob Partition
EWK2 wireless keyfob partition determines which system partition can be armed/disarmed using a certain EWK2 wireless keyfob. For more details on system arming/disarming by EWK2 wireless keyfob, please refer to 12.7. EWK2 Wire less Keyfob.
Set EWK2/EWK2A partition
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
24. TEMPERATURE SENSORS
The system may be equipped with on-board temperature sensors and/or wireless devices with built-in temperature sensors intended for temperature measurement in the surrounding areas. This feature allows to monitor the temperature of up to 8 different areas in real-time and receive a notification by SMS text message to the listed user phone number and/or monitoring station’s middle-ware when the set temperature thresholds are exceeded. The temperature is measured at 0,5 degree centigrade (°C) accuracy and automatically rounded to the higher value when 0,5 or above, e. g. temperature ranging from 23,5°C through 24,4°C will be treated as 24°C. For this purpose you may use the on-board temperature sensors or the built-in temperature sensor of the following wireless devices:
• EWP2 – wireless motion detector.
• EWKB4 - wireless keypad.
• EWP3 – wireless motion detector.
• EWD2 - wireless magnetic door contact/shock sensor/flood sensor.
• EWD3 - wireless magnetic door contact/shock sensor/flood sensor.
• EWS3 – wireless indoor siren.
• EWS2 – wireless outdoor siren.
• EWF1 - wireless smoke detector.
• EWF1CO - wireless smoke and CO detector.
• EW2 - wireless zone and PGM output expansion module (an external temperature sensor (-s) must be connected to EW2 for this purpose).
24.1. Adding, Removing and Replacing On-Board Dallas Temperature Sensors
To add a temperature sensor to the system, do the following: a) Shut down the system. b) Wire up the temperature sensor to the 1-Wire interface terminals (see 2.3.5. Temperature Sensor and iButton Key Reader for
temperature sensor wiring diagram).
c) Power up the system.
d) Run slot.
Eldes Utility , check if the temperature sensor has been recognized by the system and assign it to the desired temperature sensor e) If more than one temperature sensor is required, shut down the system again and wire another sensor in parallel to the previous one.
By default, the first added temperature sensor will be identified as primary and the second one – as secondary temperature sensor (see
24.2. Primary and Secondary Temperature Sensors).
f) Repeat the procedure as mentioned in steps from a) to d).
g) Add as many temperature sensors as necessary – wire up one after another in parallel – until the number of 8 sensors is reached.
To view the real-time temperature values measured by each temperature sensor, please refer to the following configuration methods.
View real-time temperature values of individual temperature sensor
SMS
SMS text message content: ssss ITEMP:ts
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; ts – temperature sensor slot, range - [1... 8].
Example: 1111 ITEMP:4
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → uumm → OK → TEMP SENSORS INFO → OK → 1. tm.p C (PRIM) | (SEC)... 8. tm.p C
Value: uumm - 4-digit user/master code; tm.p
– real-time temperature value.
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
View real-time temperature values of all temperature sensors
SMS
SMS text message content: ssss ITEMP:?
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111 ITEMP:?
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → uumm → OK → TEMP SENSORS INFO → OK → 1. tm.p C (PRIM) | (SEC)... 8. tm.p C
Value: uumm - 4-digit user/master code; tm.p
– real-time temperature value.
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
If an on-board temperature sensor is faulty, it is recommended to remove it or replace it by a functional sensor. In order to assign the temperature sensor slot of the damaged temperature sensor to the new temperature sensor, please follow the procedure: a) Shut down the system.
b) Disconnect the faulty temperature sensor and replace it with a new one.
c) Power up the system.
d) Run Eldes Utility .
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
e) Select the newly replaced temperature sensor ID from the drop-down list of the temperature sensor slot that was previously associated with a faulty temperature sensor.
Remove/replace individual temperature sensor
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
24.2. Primary and Secondary Temperature Sensors
Any out of 8 available temperature sensors can be set as primary or secondary. The real-time temperature values of the primary and secondary temperature sensors are included in the Info SMS text message (see 26. SYSTEM INFORMATION. INFO SMS) as well as the temperature measured by the primary temperature sensor is indicated in the home screen view of EKB2 keypad.
To set temperature sensors as primary or secondary, please refer to the following configuration methods.
Set primary temperature sensor
SMS
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
SMS text message content: ssss TEMPI:PRIM:ts
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; ts – temperature sensor slot, range - [1... 8].
Example: 1111 TEMPI:PRIM:4
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → TEMP SENSORS → OK → PRIMARY TEMP SENS
→ OK → 1... 8 CONNECTED → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 89 and temperature sensor slot:
89 ts #
Value: ts – temperature sensor slot, range - [01... 08].
Example: 8903#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Set secondary temperature sensor
SMS
EKB2
SMS text message content: ssss TEMPI:SEC:ts
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; ts – temperature sensor slot, range - [1... 8].
Example: 1111 TEMPI:SEC:3
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → TEMP SENSORS → OK → SECOND. TEMP SENS
→ OK → 1... 8 CONNECTED → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 90 and temperature sensor slot:
90 ts #
Value: ts – temperature sensor slot, range - [01... 08].
Example: 9005#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
To view the slot number of primary and secondary temperature sensors, please refer to the following configuration methods.
View primary and secondary temperature sensor slot number
SMS
SMS text message content: ssss TEMPI:?
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111 TEMPI:?
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EKB2
Menu path:
Primary: OK → uumm → OK → TEMP SENSORS INFO → OK → 1... 8 tm.p C (PRIM)
Secondary: ... → TEMP SENSORS INFO → OK → 1... 8 tm.p C (SEC)
Value: uumm - 4-digit user/master code; tm.p
– real-time temperature value.
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
View primary and secondary temperature sensor real-time temperature values
SMS
EKB2
SMS text message content: ssss INFO
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111 INFO
Menu path:
Primary: OK → uumm → OK → TEMP SENSORS INFO → OK → 1... 8 tm.p C (PRIM)
Secondary: ... → TEMP SENSORS INFO → OK → 1... 8 tm.p C (SEC)
Value: uumm - 4-digit user/master code; tm.p
– real-time temperature value.
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
NOTE: Primary and secondary temperature sensors can be set by a single SMS text message, Example: 1111 TEMPI:PRIM:4,SEC:3
24.3. Setting Up MIN and MAX Temperature Thresholds. Temperature Info SMS
The system supports an SMS text message identified as the Temperature Info SMS, which is automatically delivered to the listed user phone number if the specified minimum (MIN) or maximum (MAX) temperature threshold of any temperature sensor is exceeded by at
least 1°C. In case of temperature threshold’s is exceeded, an event data message will be sent to the monitoring station
To set the MIN and MAX temperature thresholds for a certain temperature sensor, please refer to the configuration methods.
Set MIN and MAX temperature boundaries
SMS
SMS text message content: ssss TEMPts:MIN:mnn,MAX:mxx
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; ts - temperature sensor slot, range – [1... 8]; mnn – MIN boundary, range – [-55... 125] C; mxx - MAX boundary, range – [-55... 125] °C.
Example: 1111 TEMP2:MIN:-5,MAX:28
EKB2
Menu path:
MIN: OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → TEMP SENSORS → OK → TEMPERATURE
SENS 1... 8 → OK → TEMP. MIN → OK → mnn → OK
MAX: ... → TEMPERATURE SENS 1... 8 → OK → TEMP. MAX → OK → mxx → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; mnn – MIN boundary, range – [-55... 125] °C; mxx - MAX boundary, range – [-55... 125] °C.
Keys P1 or P2 are used to enter minus character, e.g. -20.
View MIN and
MAX temperature boundaries
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
SMS
EKB2
SMS text message content: ssss TEMPts
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; ts - temperature sensor slot, range – [1... 8].
Example: 1111 TEMP4
Menu path:
MIN: OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → TEMP SENSORS → OK → TEMPERATURE
SENS 1... 8 → OK → TEMP. MIN
MAX: ... → TEMPERATURE SENS 1... 8 → OK → TEMP. MAX
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
For more details on how Send SMS text message to all users simultaneously and SMS Cascade parameters affect the SMS text message transmission, please refer to 27. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS.
NOTE: MIN and MAX thresholds can also be set separately by multiple SMS text messages, Example: 1111 TEMP1:MIN:6 and 1111 TEMP1:-
MAX:40
24.4. Temperature Sensor Names
The temperature sensor name is included in the Temperature Info SMS when delivered to the listed user phone number. This feature allows easier identification of the temperature sensor and normally it is used when monitoring temperature changes in different areas.
Set temperature sensor name
SMS
SMS text message content: ssss TEMPts:NAME:temp-sens-name
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; ts – temperature sensor slot, range – [1... 8]; tempsens-name – 4 to 15 characters temperature sensor name.
Example: 1111 TEMP3:NAME:Warehouse
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
View temperature sensor name
Delete temperature sensor name
SMS
EKB2
SMS text message content: ssss TEMPts
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; ts - temperature sensor slot, range – [1... 8].
Example: 1111 TEMP3
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → TEMP SENSORS → OK → TEMPERATURE SENS
1... 8 → OK → NAME
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
SMS
SMS text message content: ssss TEMPts:NAME:
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; ts - temperature sensor slot, range – [1... 8].
Example: 1111 TEMP2:NAME:
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
25. REMOTE LISTENING
ESIM384 can be equipped with a microphone (NOT INCLUDED!), that allows the user to listen on his mobile phone to what is happening in the secured area. Remote listening can operate under the following conditions:
• The system makes a phone call via GSM to a listed user phone number in case of alarm and the user answers the call.
• The user initiates remote listening by sending the SMS text message, the system makes a phone call via GSM to the user phone number that the SMS text message was sent from and the user answers the call.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
25. SYSTEM INFORMATION. INFO SMS
The system supports an informational SMS text message identified as the Info SMS, which can be delivered upon request. Once requested, the system will reply with Info SMS that provides the following:
• System date and time.
• System status: partition armed (ON)/disarmed (OFF).
• GSM signal strength.
• Mains power status.
• Temperature of the area surrounding primary and secondary temperature sensors (if any).
• State of zones (OK/alarm).
• Name and status (ON/OFF) of PGM outputs.
Request for system information
SMS
SMS text message content: ssss INFO
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111 INFO
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
25.1. Periodic Info SMS
By default, the system sends Info SMS to User 1 phone number periodically once a day at 11:00 (frequency – 1 day; time – 11). The minimum period is every 5 minutes, which can be set using Eldes Utility . Typically, this feature is used to verify the power supply and online status of the system.
To set a different frequency and time or disable periodic Info SMS, please refer to the following configuration methods.
Set periodic Info SMS frequency and time
SMS
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
SMS text message content: ssss INFO:fff.it
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; fff – frequency, range – [0... 99] days; it – time, range
– [0... 23].
Example: 1111 INFO:3.15
Menu path:
Frequency: OK → iiii → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → PERIODIC INFO → OK → FREQUENCY
(DAYS) → fff → OK
Time: ... → PERIODIC INFO → OK → TIME → it → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; fff – frequency, range – [00... 125] days; it – time, range –
[00... 23].
Enter parameter 11, time and frequency:
11it fff #
Value: it – time, range – [01... 23]; fff – frequency, range – [00... 125] days.
Example: 110412#
Disable periodic Info
SMS
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES software.
SMS
EKB2
SMS text message content: ssss INFO:00.00
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111 INFO:00.00
Menu path:
Frequency: OK → iiii → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → PERIODIC INFO → OK → FREQUENCY
(DAYS) → 0 → OK
Time: ... → PERIODIC INFO → OK → TIME → 0 → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 11 and parameter status value:
11 00 00 #
Example: 110000#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
ATTENTION: Unlike Info SMS upon request, periodic Info SMS text message does not include zone states, PGM output names and status.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
26. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS
By default, in case of a certain event, the system attempts to send an SMS text message to the first listed user phone number only. If the user phone number is unavailable and the system fails to receive the SMS delivery report during 45 seconds, it will attempt to send the SMS text message to the next listed user phone number, assigned to the same partition as the previous one. The user phone number may be unavailable due to the following reasons:
• mobile phone was switched off.
• was out of GSM signal coverage.
The system will continue sending the SMS text message to the next listed user phone numbers in the priority order until one is available.
The system sends the SMS text message only once and will not return to the first user phone number if the last one was unavailable.
To change the SMS text message delivery algorithm, user can enable/disable the following parameters for certain events:
• SMS Cascade enabled - In case of specified event, system sends SMS text message to first user in a row. Only in case of failed attempt
(user phone is turned off or etc.) system will send to another user in a row until first successful attempt.
• SMS Cascade disabled - If ‘SMS Cascade’ option is disabled, the system simultaneously sends a certain SMS text message to all available users regardless if the previous one has received the SMS text message or not.
When using Dual-SIM feature, the Secondary SIM card is involved in the communication process. For more details, please refer to 31. DUAL
SIM MANAGEMENT.
The following table provides the description of system notifications by SMS text message sent to the user phone number.
14
15
16
17
7
8
9
10
11
2
3
Seq. No. Event
1 System armed
4
5
System disarmed
General alarm
Mains power loss/ restore
Battery failed
6
Description
SMS text message sent to the user regarding armed system.
SMS text message sent to the user about disarmed system.
SMS text message sent to the user in case of system alarm occurrence.
SMS text message sent to the user in case the mains power is lost or restored
Battery dead or missing
Low battery
Siren fail/restore
SMS text message sent to the user in case the backup battery resistance is 2Ω or higher
(battery requires replacement).
SMS text message sent to the user in case the backup battery is not present or the battery voltage runs below 5V.
SMS text message sent to the user in case the backup battery voltage is 10.5V or lower.
SMS text message sent to the user in case the siren is disconnected/broken or connected/fixed.
Date/time not set SMS text message sent to the user in case system date and time is not set.
GSM connection failed SMS text message sent to the user in case the GSM connection is lost.
12
13
GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore
Tamper alarm
Communication bus fail/restore
SMS text message sent to the user in case the GSM/GPRS antenna is disconnected/broken or connected/fixed.
SMS text message sent to the user in case of tamper violation. Indicated as Tamper x .
SMS text message sent to the user in case the RS485 device, such as keypad or zone and PGM output expansion module is disconnected/broken or disconnected/broken or connected/fixed.
18
19
Temperature info
System started
Periodical info
Wireless signal loss/ restore
Unable to arm
CO level critical
SMS text message sent to the user in case of temperature deviation by the set values.
SMS text message sent to the user on system startup.
Info SMS text message sent to the user periodically by the set values.
SMS text message sent to the user in case the wireless signal is lost or restored.. Indicated as No wireless signal from wless-dev wless-id Tamper x and Wireless signal restored. From wless-dev wless-id Tamper x respectively. This notification does NOT apply to EWM1 device.
SMS text message sent to the user in case the system denies arming due to existing violated zone
(-s)/tamper (-s)/other system fault (see 19.3. Wireless Signal Status Monitoring).
SMS text message sent to the user in case the critical level 4 of carbon monoxide (CO) concentration detected by EWF1CO is reached.
20
Report/Control zone triggered
SMS text message sent to the user in case the Report/Control-type zone is triggered.
21
22
23
24
25
26
Zone autobypass
EWM1 wireless signal loss/restore
Incoming SMS forwarding
Wireless communication failed
RF jammer detected
Communication with
MS failed
SMS text message sent to the user in case a violated zone is bypassed automatically.
SMS text message sent to the user in case the wireless signal with EWM1 device is lost or restored.
Indicated as No wireless signal from wless-dev wless-id Tamper x and Wireless signal restored.
From wless-dev wless-id Tamper x respectively. This notification cannot be managed via EKB2.
SMS text message sent to the user in case the SMS forwarding of the incoming SMS text messages is enabled (see 27.3 SMS Forward). This notification can be managed via EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 and
Eldes Utility only.
SMS text message sent to the user in case the wireless signal failure is lasting for 20 minutes. This event is a warning and does NOT cause an alarm (see 19.3. Wireless Signal Status Monitoring).
SMS text message sent to the user in case the wireless signal is blocked by jammer.
SMS text message sent to user in case the system ends up with all unsuccessful attempts by all connections to deliver data message to the monitoring station. This event can be managed using Eldes
Utility only.
To enable/disable a certain system notification, please refer to the following configuration methods.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
Disable system notification
EKB2
Menu path:
System armed:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
System disarmed:
User phone number: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → SMS TO
ALL → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
General alarm:
User phone number: ... → GENERAL ALARM EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GENERAL ALARM EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → GENERAL ALARM EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Mains power loss/restore:
User phone number: ... → MAIN POWER L/R EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → MAIN POWER L/R EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → MAIN POWER L/R EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Battery failed:
User phone number: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Battery dead or missing:
User phone number: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Low battery:
User phone number: ... → LOW BATTERY EVENT → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → LOW BATTERY EVENT → OK → SMS TO
ALL → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → LOW BATTERY EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Siren fail/restore:
User phone number: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
RF jammer detected:
User phone number: ... → RF JAMMER DETECTED → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → RF JAMMER DETECTED → OK → SMS TO
ALL → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → RF JAMMER DETECTED → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
Date/time not set:
User phone number: ... → OK → DATE/TIME NOT SET → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK →
DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → DATE/TIME NOT SET → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → DATE/TIME NOT SET → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
GSM connection failed:
User phone number: ... → OK → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK →
DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → OK → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → SMS
TO ALL → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore:
User phone number: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Tamper alarm:
User phone number: ... → TAMPER ALARM → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → TAMPER ALARM → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → TAMPER ALARM → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Communication bus fail/restore:
User phone number: ... → COMM BUS FAIL/RST → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → COMM BUS FAIL/RST → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → COMM BUS FAIL/RST → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Temperature info:
User phone number: ... → TEMP INFO EVENT → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → TEMP INFO EVENT → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → TEMP INFO EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
System started:
User phone number: ... → SYSTEM STARTED EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SYSTEM STARTED EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → SYSTEM STARTED EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Periodical info:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → PERIOD INFO SMS EV → OK → GSM
USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → PERIOD INFO SMS EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → PERIOD INFO SMS EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Wireless signal loss/restore:
User phone number: ... → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
Unable to arm:
User phone number: ... → FAIL TO ARM SMS → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → FAIL TO ARM SMS → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → FAIL TO ARM SMS → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
CO level critical:
User phone number: ... → CO LEVEL CRITICAL → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → CO LEVEL CRITICAL → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → CO LEVEL CRITICAL → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Report/Control zone triggered:
User phone number: ... → REPORT/CTRL TRIG → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE →
OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → REPORT/CTRL TRIG → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → REPORT/CTRL TRIG → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Zone bypass:
User phone number: ... → ZONE BYPASS EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → ZONE BYPASS EV → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → ZONE BYPASS EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Wireless communication failed:
User phone number: ... → WRLESS FAIL 20MIN. → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → WRLESS FAIL 20MIN. → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → WRLESS FAIL 20MIN. → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:
System armed event
User phone number: 25 01 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 01 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 01 0 #
System disarmed event
User phone number: 25 02 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 02 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 02 0 #
General alarm
User phone number: 25 03 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 03 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 03 0 #
Main power loss/restore
User phone number: 25 04 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 04 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 04 0 #
Battery failed
User phone number: 25 05 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 05 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 05 0 #
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
Battery dead or missing
User phone number: 25 06 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 06 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 06 0 #
Low battery
User phone number: 25 07 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 07 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 07 0 #
Siren fail/restore
User phone number: 25 08 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 08 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 08 0 #
RF jammer detected
User phone number: 25 09 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 09 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 09 0 #
Date/time not set
User phone number: 25 10 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 10 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 10 0 #
GSM connection failed
User phone number: 25 11 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 11 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 11 0 #
GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore
User phone number: 25 12 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 12 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 12 0 #
Tamper alarm
User phone number: 25 13 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 13 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 13 0 #
Communication bus fail/restore
User phone number: 25 14 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 14 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 14 0 #
Temperature info
User phone number: 25 15 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 15 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 15 0 #
System started
User phone number: 25 16 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 16 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 16 0 #
Periodical info
User phone number: 25 17 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 17 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 17 0 #
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
Wireless signal loss/restore
User phone number: 25 18 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 18 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 18 0 #
Unable to arm
User phone number: 25 19 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 19 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 19 0 #
Zone bypass
User phone number: 25 20 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 20 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 20 0 #
CO level critical
User phone number: 25 21up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 21 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 21 0 #
EWM1 wireless signal loss/restore
User phone number: 25 22 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 22 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 22 0 #
Report/Control zone triggered
User phone number: 25 23 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 23 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 23 0 #
Incoming SMS forwarding
User phone number: 25 24 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 24 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 24 0 #
Wireless communication failed
User phone number: 25 25 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 25 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 25 0 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2517040#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
Enable system notification
EKB2
Menu path:
System armed:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
System disarmed:
User phone number: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → SMS TO
ALL → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
General alarm:
User phone number: ... → GENERAL ALARM EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GENERAL ALARM EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → GENERAL ALARM EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Mains power loss/restore:
User phone number: ... → MAIN POWER L/R EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → MAIN POWER L/R EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → MAIN POWER L/R EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Battery failed:
User phone number: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Battery dead or missing:
User phone number: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Low battery:
User phone number: ... → LOW BATTERY EVENT → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → LOW BATTERY EVENT → OK → SMS TO
ALL → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → LOW BATTERY EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Siren fail/restore:
User phone number: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
RF jammer detected:
User phone number: ... → RF JAMMER DETECTED → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → RF JAMMER DETECTED → OK → SMS TO
ALL → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → RF JAMMER DETECTED → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
Date/time not set
User phone number: ... → OK → DATE/TIME NOT SET → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK →
ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → DATE/TIME NOT SET → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → DATE/TIME NOT SET → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
GSM connection failed:
User phone number: ... → OK → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK →
ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → SMS TO
ALL → OK → DENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore:
User phone number: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Tamper alarm:
User phone number: ... → TAMPER ALARM → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → TAMPER ALARM → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → TAMPER ALARM → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Communication bus fail/restore:
User phone number: ... → COMM BUS FAIL/REST → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → COMM BUS FAIL/REST → OK → SMS TO
ALL → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → COMM BUS FAIL/REST → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Temperature info:
User phone number: ... → TEMP INFO EVENT → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → TEMP INFO EVENT → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → TEMP INFO EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
System started:
User phone number: ... → SYSTEM STARTED EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: .
.. → SYSTEM STARTED EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → SYSTEM STARTED EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Periodical info:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → PERIOD INFO SMS EV → OK → GSM
USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → PERIOD INFO SMS EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → PERIOD INFO SMS EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Wireless signal loss/restore:
User phone number: ... → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
Unable to arm:
User phone number: ... → FAIL TO ARM SMS → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → FAIL TO ARM SMS → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → FAIL TO ARM SMS → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
CO level critical:
User phone number: ... → CO LEVEL CRITICAL → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → CO LEVEL CRITICAL → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → CO LEVEL CRITICAL → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Report/Control zone triggered:
User phone number: ... → REPORT/CTRL TRIG → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE →
OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → REPORT/CTRL TRIG → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → REPORT/CTRL TRIG → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Zone bypass:
User phone number: ... → ZONE BYPASS EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → ZONE BYPASS EV → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → ZONE BYPASS EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Wireless communication failed:
User phone number: ... → WRLESS FAIL 20MIN. → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → WRLESS FAIL 20MIN. → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → WRLESS FAIL 20MIN. → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter status value:
System armed event
User phone number: 25 01 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 01 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 01 1 #
System disarmed event
User phone number: 25 02 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 02 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 02 1 #
General alarm
User phone number: 25 03 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 03 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 03 1 #
Main power loss/restore
User phone number: 25 04 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 04 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 04 1 #
Battery failed
User phone number: 25 05 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 05 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 05 1 #
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
Battery dead or missing
User phone number: 25 06 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 06 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 06 1 #
Low battery
User phone number: 25 07 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 07 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 07 1 #
Siren fail/restore
User phone number: 25 08 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 08 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 08 1 #
RF jammer detected
User phone number: 25 09 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 09 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 09 1 #
Date/time not set
User phone number: 25 10 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 10 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 10 1 #
GSM connection failed
User phone number: 25 11 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 11 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 11 1 #
GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore
User phone number: 25 12 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 12 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 12 1 #
Tamper alarm
User phone number: 25 13 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 13 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 13 1 #
Communication bus fail/restore
User phone number: 25 14 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 14 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 14 1 #
Temperature info
User phone number: 25 15 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 15 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 15 1 #
System started
User phone number: 25 16 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 16 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 16 1 #
Periodical info
User phone number: 25 17 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 17 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 17 1 #
Wireless signal loss/restore
User phone number: 25 18 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 18 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 18 1 #
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
Unable to arm
User phone number: 25 19 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 19 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 19 1 #
Zone bypass
User phone number: 25 20 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 20 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 120 1 #
CO level critical
User phone number: 25 21 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 21 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 21 1 #
EWM1 wireless signal loss/restore
User phone number: 25 22 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 22 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 22 1 #
Report/Control zone triggered
User phone number: 25 23 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 23 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 23 1 #
Incoming SMS forwarding
User phone number: 25 24 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 24 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 24 1 #
Wireless communication failed
User phone number: 25 25 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 25 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 25 1 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2517041#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
26.1. SMS Text Message Delivery Restrictions
By default, the system is restricted to send out up to 50 SMS text messages daily and up to 1000 SMS text messages monthly. The send out message quantity is counted not only by delivered once, but also by number of attempts to send a message. To change the limits of
SMS text message delivery restrictions, on Eldes Utility software open System settings --> SMS Messaging section, where you’ll be able to configure and choose further options.
Global SMS settings
In System settings --> SMS Messaging section you’ll find Global SMS settings and you’ll be able to choose a preferred option from a dropdown list. There are 3 possible options (see below):
• SMS disabled - disables all types of SMS and denies further SMS sending, until other selection is made.
• SMS Only to CMS - if selected, then CID events will be sent to CMS, while SMS sending ban is activated. Allows to set a preferred number of daily and mothly SMS sending limits.
• Full SMS support (default option) - support all availables types of SMS messaging and also allows to set a preferred number of daily and mothly SMS sending limits.
Manage SMS text message delivery limits
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
When the daily or monthly SMS text message delivery limit is exceeded, the system will notify the administrator by SMS text message, stating that “Day SMS sending limit exceeded”/ “Month SMS sending limit exceeded” respectively. The limit counter will automatically reset once the 24 hour (daily) or 30 days (monthly) restriction period is over. That will happen ONLY if you have set date and time values. You can reset the limits by referring to the following configuration method.
Reset SMS text message delivery limit counter
SMS
SMS text message content: ssss REMOVEBAN
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111 REMOVEBAN
See also 9.1. Automatic Date and Time Synchronization.
26.2. SMSC (Short Message Service Center) Phone Number
An SMS center (SMSC) is a GSM network element, which routes SMS text messages to the destination user and stores the SMS text message if the recipient is unavailable. Typically, the phone number of the SMS center is already stored in the SIM card provided by the GSM operator.
If the user fails to receive replies from the system, the SMS center phone number, provided by the GSM operator, must be set manually.
Set SMSC phone number
SMS
SMS text message content: ssss SMS +ttteeellnnuumm
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits SMSC phone number.
Example: 1111 SMS +44170311XXXX1
ATTENTION: Before setting the SMSC phone number, please check the credit balance of the system’s SIM card. The system will fail to reply if the credit balance is insufficient.
26.3. SMS Forward
ESIM384 comes up with a feature, called SMS forward. The system allows user to forward any received message from devices’ SIM card to the administrators’ mobile phone number. There are 4 basic SMS forwarding options:
• Forward All received SMS - if this option is enabled, then every single message, coming to devices’ SIM card, will be forwarded to the administrators’ phone number.
• Forward All received SMS from unknown users - allows user to receive only those messages, coming from unlisted phone numbers.
• Forward All received SMS from registered users with wrong syntax or wrong password - user will receive only those messages from listed phone numbers, containing “wrong syntax” or “wrong password” notification.
• Forward All received SMS from specified Phone Number - allows you to enter one specified phone number and exploit every single message that comes from it to your devices’ SIM card.
By default, SMS forward feature is disabled. To enable/disable this feature, please refer to the following configuration method.
Enable/disable SMS forward
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
ATTENTION: If a single forwarded SMS message size exceeds 160 characters, it won’t be transmitted properly.
ATTENTION: User is able to add the administrator phone number as a specified phone number (by enabling the option Forward All received
SMS from specified Phone Number ), but none of SMS messages will be forwarded to administrator himself in any case!
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
27. EVENT AND ALARM LOG
27.1. Event Log
The event log allows to chronologically register up to 1024 timestamped records regarding the following system events:
• System start.
• System arming/disarming.
• Zone violated/restored.
• Tamper violated/restored.
• Zone bypassing.
• Wireless device management.
• Temperature deviation by MIN and MAX boundaries.
• System faults.
• Configuration via USB.
• User phone number that initiated the remote configuration.
• Communication with monitoring station status.
The event log is of FIFO (first in, first out) type that allows the system to automatically replace the oldest records with the latest ones.
View event log
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → mmmm → OK → VIEW EVENT LOG → OK
Value: mmmm - 4-digit master code.
To export the event log to .log file or clear it, please refer to the following configuration method.
Export/clear event log
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
By default, event log is enabled. To disable/enable this feature, please refer to the following configuration methods.
Disable event log EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → EVENT LOG → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii - 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 36 and parameter status value:
36 0 #
Example: 360#
Enable event log EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → EVENT LOG → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii - 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 36 and parameter status value:
36 1 #
Example: 361#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
27.2. Alarm Log
The alarm log provides a list of last 16 alarm events generated after last arming period. The alarm log can be viewed via EKB2 and includes only the alarms of the partition that the user/master code is assigned to. Each alarm record includes alarm type, partition number and zone number. When highlighted, the date and time of the alarm occurrence can be viewed at the bottom of EKB2 screen. In case of alarm, icon will appear in home screen view of EKB2. The alarm log auto-clears when the next system arming follows or after viewing it via the keypad.
View alarm log
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → uumm → OK → ALARM LOG → OK
Value: uumm - 4-digit user/master code.
Syntax of alarm log record: [alarm-type P:p Z:nn]
Value: alarm-type - BURGLARY/FIRE/24H/SILENT/TAMPER/WS LOST, p - partition number, range - [1... 4], nn - zone/tamper number, range
- [1... 144].
#1 example of alarm log record: BURGLARY P:1 Z:1
Value: BURGLARY - Instant, Int. Follower or Delay-type zone alarm; P:1 - Partition 1; Z:1 - zone Z1.
#2 example of alarm log record: TAMPER P:2 Z:13
Value: TAMPER - tamper alarm; P:2 - Partition 2; Z:13 - tamper 13.
#3 example of alarm log record: FIRE P:4 Z:9
Value: FIRE - Fire-type zone alarm; P:4 - Partition 4; Z:9 - zone Z9.
#4 example of alarm log record: WS LOST P:2 Z:14
Value: WS LOST - wireless signal loss alarm; P:2 - Partition 2; Z:14 - tamper 14.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
28. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS
The system comes equipped with self-diagnostic feature allowing to indicate the presence of any system fault by the keypad as well as by
SMS text message notification to the listed user phone number. By default the indication for all system faults is indicated on the keypad.
To disable/enable the indication of a certain system fault, please refer to the following configuration method.
Disable/enable individual system fault indication on keypad
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
ATTENTION: After enabling/disabling a certain system fault indication, it is necessary to restart the system locally by powering down and powering up the system the system or remotely (see 34. REMOTE SYSTEM RESTART).
EKB2
icon displayed in home screen view indicates presence of system and/or EWM1 device faults. In order to view the currently present system faults, please enter a valid user/master code to access menu section FAULTS. The description on each system fault is provided in the table below.
View system faults
Menu path:
OK → uumm → OK → FAULTS → OK
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
Name
MAIN POWER LOSS
LOW BATTERY
BATTERY DEAD/MISS
BATTERY FAILED
SIREN FAILED
VIOLATED TAMPER
DATE/TIME NOT SET
GSM CONNECT FAILED
GSM ANTENNA FAILED
WLESS ANTENNA FAIL
COMM BUS FAILED
CO LEVEL CRITICAL
EWM1 FAULT
WLESS BATT LOW
RF JAMMER DETECTED
MS COMM. FAILED
Description
Mains power is lost
Low backup battery power - backup battery voltage is 10.5V or lower
Backup battery is not present or the battery voltage runs below 5V
Backup battery requires replacement - backup battery resistance is 2Ω or higher
Wired siren is disconnected/broken
One or more tampers are violated
Date/time not set
GSM connection is lost
GSM/GPRS antenna is disconnected/broken
Wireless antenna is disconnected/broken
RS485 device, such as keypad, ELAN3-ALARM or EPGM1 is disconnected/broken
Critical level 4 of carbon monoxide (CO) concentration detected by EWF1CO is reached
One or more EWM1 device faults exist - enter this menu item to view the existing EWM1 device faults.
Low wireless device battery power - battery level is running below 5%
Wireless signal is blocked by jammer
Communication with monitoring station failed
Alternatively, existing EWM1 device faults can be viewed by accessing menu section FAULTS of the PGM output associated with a certain EWM1 device.
View EWM1 faults
Menu path:
OK → mmmm → OK → PGM OUTPUTS → OK → out-name → OK → FAULTS → OK
Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; out-name - PGM output name associated with a certain EWM1 device.
Name Description
OVERVOLTAGE
UNDERVOLTAGE
OVERCURRENT
RELAY FAULT
Voltage has increased above 260VAC
Voltage has dropped below 190VAC
Current has increased above 12,5A
Unable to power up the appliance due to faulty relay
TEMP. FAULT Environmental temperature has dropped below -35°C (-31°F) or increased above
+90°C (+194°F)
In order to clear the existing faults, please press the button on EWM1, turn OFF the electrical appliance or turn OFF the wireless PGM output associated with EWM1. For more details on EWM1 device, please refer to 19.9. EWM1 - Wireless Power
Socket.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
1. Steady ON or flashing indicator represents certain system faults. For more details, please refer to the following table below.
Indication Description
Steady ON One or more tampers are violated; other system faults (see below)
Flashing One or more high-numbered zones (Z13-Z144) are violated (see below)
2. In order to find out more on a certain system fault, please enter the following command.
View system faults
Enter command:
#
After this procedure the keypad will illuminate red indicators for 15 seconds. All indications are listed in the table below.
9
10
11
12
7
8
5
6
LED #
1
2
3
4
Description
Mains power is lost
Low backup battery power - backup battery voltage is 10.5V or lower
Backup battery is not present or the battery voltage runs below 5V
Backup battery requires replacement - backup battery resistance is 2Ω or higher
Wired siren is disconnected/broken
Wireless signal is blocked by jammer
One or more tampers are violated (see step #4)
Date/time not set
One or more high-numbered zones (Z13-Z144) are violated (see step #3)
GSM connection is lost / Communication with monitoring station failed
GSM/GPRS antenna is disconnected/broken
Wireless antenna is disconnected/broken
ATTENTION: ESIM384 (When user updates ESIM384 firmware to the newest version (v01.02.00 and up), he won’t be able to view violated high-numbered zones on EWKB4 keypad, since the mentioned function (command) will be permanently disabled.
Eventually, user won’t be able to bypass a violated high-numbered zone by keypad and arm the system, UNLESS he configures system’s settings as suggested further. In order to avoid this issue, user has to do the following: 1) open Eldes Utility and go to
EWKB4 settings; 2) enable EWKB4 partition switch feature; 3) arrange selected zones (i.e. keypad LED indicators) in a preferred order; 4) assign 12 zones to each partition separately (partitions 1-4 allow user to assign any 48 zones (combined)).
3. In order to find out the violated high-numbered zone, please enter the following command and refer to the table below.
View violated highnumbered zones
Enter command:
1
4. To find out which particular tamper is violated, enter the following command. In case there is a combination of flashing and illuminated red indicators on the keypad, refer to the table below to find out the violated high-numbered tamper (Tamper 13 - 144).
View violated tampers
Enter command:
2
The following table provides the combinations of red indicators belonging to a certain indicator section (A or B) on the keypad.
The combination of the flashing red indicator in section A and illuminated (steady ON) red indicator in section B represents the respective number of a violated high-numbered zone or tamper.
B (steady ON)
A (flashing)
LED #1
LED #7
Z13
LED #8
Z19
LED #9
Z25
LED #10
Z31
LED #11
Z37
LED #12
Z43
LED #2
LED #3
LED #4
LED #5
LED #6
Z14
Z15
Z16
Z17
Z18
Z20
Z21
Z22
Z23
Z24
Z26
Z27
Z28
Z29
Z30
Z32
Z33
Z34
Z35
Z36
Z38
Z39
Z40
Z41
Z42
Z44
Z45
Z46
Z47
Z48
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
29. MONITORING STATION
The system can be configured to report events to the monitoring station by transmitting data messages to the monitoring station. The system connects to the monitoring station when the MS (Monitoring Station) mode is enabled. When using the MS mode, the data messages transmitted to the monitoring station (see 30.1. Data Messages - Events) will gain the highest priority for the delivery, therefore based on the communication method (see 30.2. Communication), a constant and stable connection with the monitoring station must be ensured. In case of connection failure, the system will attempt to restore the connection and if the monitoring is unavailable for a lengthy period of time, the system might consume a large amount of voice calls/data resulting in additional charges applied by the GSM operator according to the cell phone service plan.
Enable MS mode
SMS
SMS text message content: ssss SCNSET:ON
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111 SCNSET:ON
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → MS MODE → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 23 and parameter status value:
23 1 #
Example: 231#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Disable MS mode
SMS
EKB2
SMS text message content: ssss SCNSET:OFF
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111 SCNSET:OFF
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → MS MODE → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 23 and parameter status value:
23 0 #
Example: 230#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Account is a 4-character combination (By default – 9999) required to identify the alarm system unit by the monitoring station. The combination may consist of digits [0... 9] and letters [A.. F] (can be set using Eldes Utility only). Server 2 Account and Server 3 Account are used only when necessary to set up to 3 server IP addresses (see 30.2.1. GPRS Network and ELAN3-ALARM)
Set account EKB2
Menu path:
Main Account: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → ACCOUNT → OK → cccc → OK
Server 2 Account: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → SERVER2 IP
→ OK → ACCOUNT → OK → cccc → OK
Server 3 Account: ... → SERVER3 IP → OK → ACCOUNT → OK → cccc → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; cccc – 4-character account, range - [0000... 9999].
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 27 and account number/parameter 96, parameter number and account number:
Main Account: 27 cccc #
Server 2 Account: 96 12 cccc #
Server 3 Account: 96 13 cccc #
Value: cccc – 4-character account, range - [0000... 9999].
Example: 278853#
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
ATTENTION: The system will NOT send any data to the monitoring station while remote connection, remote firmware update is in progress.
However, during the remote connection session, the data messages will be queued up and transmitted to the monitoring station after the remote connection session is over, while during the remote firmware update process NO data will be queued up and all data messages will be lost.
ATTENTION: Phone calls via GSM network to the listed user phone number in case of alarm are disabled by force when MS mode is enabled.
14
15
16
17
18
19
9
10
11
12
13
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
6
7
8
NOTE: Additional charges may apply for voice calls/data traffic based on your cell phone service plan when using the MS mode.
29.1. Data Messages – Events
The configuration of data messages is based on Ademco Contact ID protocol. The data messages can either be transmitted to the monitoring station alone or with duplication by SMS text message to listed user phone number. For more details on system notifications by SMS text message, please refer to 27. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS.
4
5
1
2
Seq. No. Event
Code
3
1110
3110
1120
3120
1121
30
31
3121
1130
3130
1133
3133
1144
3144
1146
3146
1150
3150
1158
1159
1162
1301
3301
1302
1308
1309
1311
3311
1321
3321
1330
3330
1344
Event
Fire alarm
Fire restore
Silent/Panic zone alarm
Silent/Panic zone restore
Disarmed by user (Duress code)
Armed by user (Duress code)
Burglary alarm
Burglary restore
24-Hour zone alarm
24-Hour zone restore
Tamper alarm
Tamper restore
Instant Silent zone alarm
Instant Silent zone restore
Report/Control zone trigger
Report/Control zone restore
Temperature risen
Temperature fallen
CO level critical
Mains power loss
Mains power restore
Low battery
System shutdown
Battery failed
Battery dead or missing
Battery connection restore
Siren fail
Siren restore
Communication bus fail
Communication bus restore
RF jammer detected
Description
Transmitted in case a zone of Fire type is violated.
Transmitted in case a zone of Fire type is restored.
Transmitted in case a zone of Silent/Panic type is violated.
Transmitted in case a zone of Silent/Panic type is restored.
Transmitted in case the system is disarmed by Duress code.
Transmitted in case the system is armed by Duress code.
Transmitted in case a zone of Delay (if not disarmed before entry delay countdown is completed), Interior Follower or Instant type is violated.
Transmitted in case a zone of Delay (if not disarmed before entry delay countdown is completed), Interior Follower or Instant type is restored.
Transmitted in case of zone of 24-Hour type is violated.
Transmitted in case of zone of 24-Hour type is restored.
Transmitted in case the tamper is violated.
Transmitted in case the tamper is restored.
Transmitted in case of zone of Instant Silent type is violated.
Transmitted in case of zone of Instant Silent type is restored.
Transmitted in case of zone of Report/Control type is triggered.
Transmitted in case of zone of Report/Control type is restored.
Transmitted in case of the temperature has increased above the MAX set value.
Transmitted in case of temperature has decreased below the MIN set value.
Transmitted in case the critical level 4 of carbon monoxide (CO) concentration detected by EWF1CO is reached.
Transmitted in case the mains power is lost.
Transmitted in case the mains power is restored.
Transmitted in case the backup battery voltage is 10.5V or lower / the wireless device battery level runs below 5%.
When the system is running on backup battery power, it transmits the data message before the backup battery power is fully depleted.
Transmitted in case the backup battery resistance is 2Ω or higher.
Transmitted in case the backup battery is not present or the battery voltage runs below 5V.
Transmitted in case the backup battery connection is fixed.
Transmitted in case the siren is disconnected/broken.
Transmitted in case the siren is connected/fixed.
Transmitted in case the RS485 device, such as keypad, ELAN3-ALARM or EPGM1 is disconnected/broken.
Transmitted in case the RS485 device, such as keypad, ELAN3-ALARM or EPGM1 is connected/fixed
Transmitted in case the wireless signal is blocked by jammer.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
3344
1354
3354
1358
3358
1358
1359
3359
1360
1380
1381
3381
1401
3401
1403
RF jamming stopped
Communication with MS failed
Communication with MS restored
GSM connection failed
SMS sending limit removed
SMS sending limit reached
GSM/GPRS antenna fail
GSM/GPRS antenna restore
IP connection failed
CO sensor lifetime exceeded
Wireless signal loss
Wireless signal restore
Disarmed by user
Armed by user
Disarmed automatically
Transmitter in case the wireless signal is restored after jamming.
Transmitted in case t
he system ends up with all unsuccessful attempts by all connections to deliver data message to the monitoring station. This event can be managed using Eldes Utility only.
Transmitted in case t
he system has successfully delivered the data message to the monitoring station within the repeated data delivery cycle initiated after
Delay after last communication attempt time has expired. This event can be managed using Eldes Utility only.
Transmitted in case the GSM connection is lost.
Transmitted in case the SMS text message limit is removed by user or automatically after the set period of time has come.
Transmitted in case the SMS text message limit is reached.
Transmitted in case the GSM/GPRS antenna is disconnected/broken
Transmitted in case the GSM/GPRS antenna is connected/fixed.
Transmitted in case the GPRS connection or Ethernet connection via ELAN3-
ALARM is lost.
Transmitted in case the lifetime of EWF1CO built-in CO sensor is expired.
Transmitted in case the connection with any wireless device is lost.
Transmitted in case the connection with any wireless device is restored.
Transmitted in case the system is disarmed by user/master code, wireless keyfob, iButton key, SMS text message, free of charge phone call, ELDES Cloud Services,
Eldes Utility, EGR100 middle-ware or Arm-Disarm by Zone method.
Transmitted in case the system is armed by user/master code, wireless keyfob, iButton key, SMS text message, free of charge phone call, ELDES Cloud Services,
Eldes Utility, EGR100 middle-ware or Arm-Disarm by Zone method.
Transmitted in case the system is disarmed automatically according to scheduled time.
Transmitted in case the system is armed automatically according to scheduled time.
Transmitted in case the remote connection session is opened.
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
3403
1412
1441
3441
1454
3456
3463
1570
3570
3602
3626
1900
Armed automatically
Configuration via remote connection started
Disarmed in Stay mode
Armed in Stay mode
Failed to arm
Armed by user (partial arm)
SGS code entered
Zone bypassed
Bypassed zone activated
Test event/Kronos ping
Date/time not set
System started
Transmitted in case the system is disarmed in Stay mode.
Transmitted in case the system is armed in Stay mode.
Transmitted in case remote arming failed due to one or more system zones or tampers are violated or system fault occurs.
Transmitted in case the system is armed, while violated zone (-s) with Force attribute enabled exist.
Transmitted in case the SGS code is entered.
Transmitted in case a violated zone is bypassed.
Transmitted in case a bypassed zone is activated.
Transmitted for system online status verification purposes.
Transmitted in case system date and time is not set.
Transmitted on system startup.
The following table refers to user IDs included in arm/disarm data messages.
Type
User Phone Number 1
User Phone Number 2
User Phone Number 3
User Phone Number 4
User Phone Number 5
User Phone Number 6
User Phone Number 7
User Phone Number 8
User Phone Number 9
User Phone Number 10 iButton 1 iButton 2 iButton 3 iButton 4 iButton 5
11
12
13
14
7
8
9
10
5
6
3
4
1
2
ID
0
Type iButton 7 iButton 8 iButton 9 iButton 10 iButton 11 iButton 12 iButton 13 iButton 14 iButton 15 iButton 16
Master Code
User Code 2
User Code 3
User Code 4
User Code 5
27
28
29
30
23
24
25
26
19
20
21
22
ID
16
17
18
Type
User Code 7
User Code 8
User Code 9
User Code 10
User Code 11
User Code 12
User Code 13
User Code 14
User Code15
User Code 16
User Code 17
User Code 18
User Code 19
User Code 20
User Code 21
43
44
45
46
39
40
41
42
35
36
37
38
ID
32
33
34
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
Type iButton 6
User Code 23
User Code 24
User Code 25
User Code 26
User Code 27
User Code 28
User Code 29
User Code 30
50
51
52
53
ID
15
48
49
54
55
Remote Code (EGR100) 56
Master Code on ELDES Cloud Services 57
User Code 2 on ELDES Cloud Services 58
User Code 3 on ELDES Cloud Services 59
User Code 4 on ELDES Cloud Services 60
User Code 5 on ELDES Cloud Services 61
User Code 6 on ELDES Cloud Services 62
User Code 7 on ELDES Cloud Services 63
Disable data message EKB2
EKB2
Type
User Code 6
User Code 8 on ELDES Cloud Services
User Code 9 on ELDES Cloud Services
ID
31
64
65
User Code 10 on ELDES Cloud Services 66
User Code 11 on ELDES Cloud Services 67
User Code 12 on ELDES Cloud Services 68
User Code 13 on ELDES Cloud Services 69
User Code 14 on ELDES Cloud Services 70
User Code 15 on ELDES Cloud Services 71
User Code 16 on ELDES Cloud Services 72
User Code 17 on ELDES Cloud Services 73
Type
User Code 22
ID
47
User Code 24 on ELDES Cloud Services 80
User Code 25 on ELDES Cloud Services 81
User Code 26 on ELDES Cloud Services 82
User Code 27 on ELDES Cloud Services 83
User Code 28 on ELDES Cloud Services 84
User Code 29 on ELDES Cloud Services 85
User Code 30 on ELDES Cloud Services 86
Keyfob 1-Keyfob 16 145-
160
Arm/Disarm by Zone Z1-Z16
Arm/Disarm by Scheduler
167-
182
183-
214
User Code 18 on ELDES Cloud Services 74
User Code 19 on ELDES Cloud Services 75
User Code 20 on ELDES Cloud Services 76
User Code 21 on ELDES Cloud Services 77
User Code 22 on ELDES Cloud Services 78
User Code 23 on ELDES Cloud Services 79
Menu path:
Burglary alarm/restore: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → DATA MESSAGES 1 → OK →
BURGLR ALM/REST EV → OK → DISABLE → OK
Mains power loss/restore: ... → MAIN POWER L/R EV → OK → DISABLE → OK
Armed/disarmed by user: ... → ARM/DISARM EVENT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Battery failed: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → DISABLE → OK
Battery dead or missing/battery connection restore: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK →
DISABLE → OK
Test event: ... → TEST EVENT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Tamper alarm/restore: ... → TAMPER ALM/REST EV → OK → DISABLE → OK
Instant Silent zone alarm/restore: ... → INST SILENT EV → OK → DISABLE → OK
System started: ... → SYSTEM STARTED EV → OK → DISABLE → OK
Fire alarm/restore: ... → FIRE ALM/REST EV → OK → DISABLE → OK
24-Hour zone alarm/restore: ... → 24H ALM/REST EVENT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Low battery: ... → LOW BATTE RY EVENT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Temperature risen: ... → TEMP HIGH EVENT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Temperature fallen: ... → TEMP LOW EVENT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Wireless signal loss/restore: ... → WLESS SIGN L/R EV → OK → DISABLE → OK
Disarmed by user (Duress code): OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → DATA MESSAGES 2 →
OK → DISARM DURESS EV → OK → DISABLE → OK
SGS code entered: ... → ARM/DARM SGS EVENT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Armed by user (partial arm): ... → ARM PARTIAL EV → OK → DISABLE → OK
Siren fail/restore: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → DISABLE → OK
RF jammer detected/RF jamming stopped: ... → RF JAMMER DETECTED → OK → DISABLE → OK
Date/time not set: ... → DATE/ TIME NOT SET → OK → DISABLE → OK
GSM connection failed: ... → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → DISABLE → OK
GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → DISABLE → OK
System shutdown: ... → SYSTEM SHUTDOWN EV → OK → DISABLE → OK
Communication bus fail/restore: ... → COMM BUS FAIL/RST → OK → DISABLE → OK
IP connection failed: ... → GPRS CONNECT FAIL → OK → DISABLE → OK
Zone bypassed/activated: ... → ZONE BYPASS → OK → DISABLE → OK
CO sensor lifetime exceeded: ... → CO SENS LFTIME EXC → OK → DISABLE → OK
CO level critical: ... → CO LEVEL CRITICAL → OK → DISABLE → OK
Report/Control zone triggered/restored: ... → REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Armed/disarmed in STAY mode: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → DATA MESSAGES 3 →
OK → ARM/DARM STAY EV → OK → DISABLE → OK
Configuration via remote connection started: ... → CFG VIA REMOTE EV → OK → DISABLE → OK
Panic/Silent zone alarm/restore: ... → PA/SIL ALM/REST EV → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 24, event number and parameter status value:
24 01 0 # – Burglary alarm/restore
24 02 0 # – Mains power loss/restore
24 03 0 # – Armed/disarmed by user
24 04 0 # – Test event
24 05 0 # – Battery failed
24 06 0 # –Battery dead or missing/battery connection restore
24 07 0 # –Tamper alarm/restore
24 08 0 # –Instant Silent zone alarm/restore
24 09 0 # – Kronos ping
24 10 0 # – System started
24 13 0 # – 24-Hour zone alarm/restore
24 14 0 # – Fire zone alarm/restore
24 15 0 # – Low battery
24 16 0 # –Temperature risen
24 17 0 # – Temperature fallen
24 18 0 # – Wireless signal loss/restore
24 19 0 # – Disarmed by user (Duress code)
24 20 0 # – SGS code entered
24 21 0 # – Armed by user (partial arm)
24 22 0 # – Siren fail/restore
24 23 0 # –RF jammer detected/RF jamming stopped
24 24 0 # –Date/time not set
24 25 0 # – GSM connection failed
24 26 0 # – GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore
24 27 0 # – System shutdown
24 28 0 # – Communication bus fail/restore
24 29 0 # – IP connection failed
24 31 0 # – Zone bypassed/activated
24 32 0 # – CO sensor lifetime exceeded
24 33 0 # – CO level critical
24 34 0 # – Report/Control zone triggered/restored
24 35 0 # – Armed/disarmed in STAY mode
24 36 0 # – Configuration via remote connection started
24 37 0 # – Panic/Silent zone alarm/restore
24 38 0 # – Armed/disarmed automatically
24 39 0 # – SMS sending limit reached/removed
Example: 24080#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
Enable data message
EKB2
Menu path:
Burglary alarm/restore: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → DATA MESSAGES 1 → OK →
BURGLR ALM/REST EV → OK → ENABLE → OK
Mains power loss/restore: ... → MAIN POWER L/R EV → OK → ENABLE → OK
Armed/disarmed by user: ... → ARM/DISARM EVENT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Battery failed: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → ENABLE → OK
Battery dead or missing/battery connection restore: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK →
ENABLE → OK
Test event: ... → TEST EVENT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Tamper alarm/restore: ... → TAMPER ALM/REST EV → OK → ENABLE → OK
Instant Silent zone alarm/restore: ... → INST SILENT EV → OK → ENABLE → OK
System started: ... → SYSTEM STARTED EV → OK → ENABLE → OK
Fire alarm/restore: ... → FIRE ALM/REST EV → OK → ENABLE → OK
24-Hour zone alarm/restore: ... → 24H ALM/REST EVENT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Low battery: ... → LOW BATTE RY EVENT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Temperature risen: ... → TEMP HIGH EVENT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Temperature fallen: ... → TEMP LOW EVENT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Wireless signal loss/restore: ... → WLESS SIGN L/R EV → OK → ENABLE → OK
Disarmed by user (Duress code): OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → DATA MESSAGES 2 →
OK → DISARM DURESS EV → OK → ENABLE → OK
SGS code entered: ... → ARM/DARM SGS EVENT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Armed by user (partial arm): ... → ARM PARTIAL EV → OK → ENABLE → OK
Siren fail/restore: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → ENABLE → OK
RF jammer detected/RF jamming stopped: ... → RF JAMMER DETECTED → OK → ENABLE → OK
Date/time not set: ... → DATE/ TIME NOT SET → OK → ENABLE → OK
GSM connection failed: ... → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → ENABLE → OK
GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → ENABLE → OK
System shutdown: ... → SYSTEM SHUTDOWN EV → OK → ENABLE → OK
Communication bus fail/restore: ... → COMM BUS FAIL/RST → OK → ENABLE → OK
IP connection failed: ... → GPRS CONNECT FAIL → OK → ENABLE → OK
Zone bypassed/activated: ... → ZONE BYPASS → OK → ENABLE → OK
CO sensor lifetime exceeded: ... → CO SENS LFTIME EXC → OK → ENABLE → OK
CO level critical: ... → CO LEVEL CRITICAL → OK → ENABLE → OK
Report/Control zone triggered/restored: ... → REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Armed/disarmed in STAY mode: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → DATA MESSAGES 3 →
OK → ARM/DARM STAY EV → OK → ENABLE → OK
Configuration via remote connection started: ... → CFG VIA REMOTE EV → OK → ENABLE → OK
Panic/Silent zone alarm/restore: ... → PA/SIL ALM/REST EV → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 24, event number and parameter status value:
24 01 1 # – Burglary alarm/restore
24 02 1 # – Mains power loss/restore
24 03 1 # – Armed/disarmed by user
24 04 1 # – Test event
24 05 1 # – Battery failed
24 06 1 # – Battery dead or missing/battery connection restore
24 07 1 # – Tamper alarm/restore
24 08 1 # – Instant Silent zone alarm/restore
24 09 1 # – Kronos ping
24 10 1 # – System started
24 13 1 # – 24-Hour zone alarm/restore
24 14 1 # – Fire zone alarm/restore
24 15 1 # – Low battery
24 16 1 # – Temperature risen
24 17 1 # – Temperature fallen
24 18 1 # – Wireless signal loss/restore
24 19 1 # – Disarmed by user (Duress code)
24 20 1 # – SGS code entered
24 21 1 # – Armed by user (partial arm)
24 22 1 # – Siren fail/restore
24 23 1 # –RF jammer detected/RF jamming stopped
24 24 1 # –Date/time not set
24 25 1 # – GSM connection failed
24 26 1 # – GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore
24 27 1 # – System shutdown
24 28 1 # – Communication bus fail/restore
24 29 1 # – IP connection failed
24 31 1 # – Zone bypassed/activated
24 32 1 # – CO sensor lifetime exceeded
24 33 1 # – CO level critical
24 34 1 # – Report/Control zone triggered/restored
24 35 1 # – Armed/disarmed in STAY mode
24 36 1 # – Configuration via remote connection started
24 37 1 # – Panic/Silent zone alarm/restore
24 38 1 # – Armed/disarmed automatically
24 39 1 # – SMS sending limit reached/removed
Example: 24031#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
29.2. Communication
The system supports the following communication methods and protocols:
• GPRS network – EGR100, Kronos, SIA IP protocol (ANSI/SIA DC-09-2007 and ANSI/SIA DC-09-2013; configurable as encrypted and non-encrypted).
• Voice calls (GSM audio channel) – Ademco Contact ID protocol.
• CSD (Circuit Switched Data).
• PSTN (landline) – Ademco Contact ID protocol.
• SMS – Cortex SMS format.
• ELAN3-ALARM – EGR100, Kronos, SIA IP protocol (ANSI/SIA DC-09-2007 and ANSI/SIA DC-09-2013; configurable as encrypted and non-encrypted).
Any communication method can be set as primary or backup connection. The user can set up to 5 backup connections in any sequence order.
Initially, the system communicates via primary connection with the monitoring station. By default, if the initial attempt to transmit data is unsuccessful, the system will make additional attempts until the data is successfully delivered. If all attempts are unsuccessful, the system will follow this pattern: a) The system switches to the backup connection that follows in the sequence (presumably - Backup 1).
b) The system then attempts to transmit data by the backup connection.
c) If the initial attempt is unsuccessful, the system will make additional attempts until the data is successfully delivered.
d) If the system ends up with all unsuccessful attempts, it will switch to the next backup connection in the sequence (presumably - Backup 2) and will continue to operate as described in the previous steps. The connection is considered unsuccessful under the following conditions:
• GPRS network/ELAN3-ALARM – The system has not received the ACK data message from the monitoring station within 40 seconds.
• Voice calls:
• The system has not received the “handshake” signal from the monitoring station within 20 seconds.
• The system has not received the “kissoff” signal from the monitoring station within 5 attempts each lasting 1 second.
• CSD – The system has not received the ACK data message from the monitoring station within 35 seconds.
• PSTN:
• The system has not received the “handshake” signal from the monitoring station within 20 seconds.
• The system has not received the “kissoff” signal from the monitoring station within 5 attempts each lasting 1 second.
• SMS – The system has not received the SMS delivery report from the SMSC (Short Message Service Center) within 45 seconds.
e) If one of the attempts is successful, the system will transmit all queued up data messages by this connection.
f) The system then returns to the primary connection and attempts to transmit the next data messages by primary connection.
g) If the system ends up with all unsuccessful attempts by all connections, the keypad will indicate system fault and the listed user may be notified by SMS text message (by default - disabled), while the system will hold until the Delay after last communication attempt time
(by default – 1200 seconds) expires and will return to the primary connection afterwards. Once the repeated data message delivery cycle has started, the system will skip the connections with disabled R etry after delay function (permanently enabled for IP communication methods - GPRS network and ELAN3-ALARM). In the event of successful data message delivery, the keypad will no longer indicate system fault.
h) If a new data message, except Test Event (ping), is generated within the Delay after last communication attempt time-frame, the system will immediately attempt to transmit it to the monitoring station, regardless of Delay after last communication attempt being in progress.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
PRIMARY
Makes up to 3 or 5 attempts to transmit data
All attempts failed
Switches to BACKUP 1
Makes up to 3 attempts to transmit data
All attempts failed
Switches to BACKUP 2
Makes up to 3 attempts to transmit data
All attempts failed
Switches to BACKUP 3
Makes up to 3 attempts to transmit data
All attempts failed
Switches to BACKUP 4
Makes up to 3 attempts to transmit data
All attempts failed
Switches to BACKUP 5
Makes up to 3 attempts to transmit data
One of the attempts is successful
Transmits all queued up data
Returns to PRIMARY
One of the attempts is successful
Transmits all queued up data
Returns to PRIMARY
One of the attempts is successful
Transmits all queued up data
Returns to PRIMARY
One of the attempts is successful
Transmits all queued up data
Returns to PRIMARY
All attempts failed
Waits for 1200 seconds
Delay after last communication attempt
Returns to PRIMARY
NOTE: The number of attempts indicated in the diagram is the default value.
One of the attempts is successful
Transmits all queued up data
Returns to PRIMARY
NOTE: When using Dual-SIM feature, the Secondary SIM card is involved in the communication process. For more details, please refer to
31. DUAL SIM MANAGEMENT.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
Set primary connection
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Menu path:
GPRS network - Server 1... 3: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → PRIMARY CONNECTION
→ OK → GPRS IP1... IP3 → OK
Voice calls: ... → PRIMARY CONNECTION → OK → VOICE CALLS → OK
CSD: ... → PRIMARY CONNECTION → OK → CSD → OK
PSTN: ... → PRIMARY CONNECTION → OK → PSTN → OK
SMS: ... → PRIMARY CONNECTION → OK → SMS → OK
ELAN3-ALARM - Server 1... 3: ... → PRIMARY CONNECTION → OK → ELAN3-ALARM IP1... IP3
→ OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 48 and communication method number:
48 0 # – GPRS network - Server 1
48 1 # – Voice calls
48 2 # – CSD
48 3 # – PSTN
48 4 # – SMS
48 5 # – ELAN3-ALARM - Server 1
48 6 # – GPRS network - Server 2
48 7 # – GPRS network - Server 3
48 8 # – ELAN3-ALARM - Server 2
48 9 # – ELAN3-ALARM - Server 3
Example: 484#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Set backup connection
1... 5
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Menu path:
GPRS network - Server 1... 3: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → BACKUP CONNECTION1...
5 → OK → GPRS IP1... IP3 → OK
Voice calls: ... → BACKUP CONNECTION1... 5 → OK → VOICE CALLS → OK
CSD: ... → BACKUP CONNECTION1... 5 → OK → CSD → OK
PSTN: ... → BACKUP CONNECTION1... 5 → OK → PSTN → OK
SMS: ... → BACKUP CONNECTION1... 5 → OK → SMS → OK
ELAN3-ALARM - Server 1... 3: ... → BACKUP CONNECTION1... 5 → OK → ELAN3-ALARM IP1...
IP3 → OK connection not in use: ... → BACKUP CONNECTION1... 5 → OK → N/A → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 83, backup connection slot number and communication method number:
83 bb 0 # – GPRS network - Server 1
83 bb 1 # – Voice calls
83 bb 2 # – CSD
83 bb 3 # – PSTN
83 bb 4 # – SMS
83 bb 5 # – ELAN3-ALARM - Server 1
83 bb 6 # – GPRS network - Server 2
83 bb 7 # – GPRS network - Server 3
83 bb 8 # – ELAN3-ALARM - Server 2
83 bb 9 # – ELAN3-ALARM - Server 3
Value: bb - backup connection slot, range - [01... 05].
Example: 83024#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
If all attempts by all set connections are unsuccessful, the system will wait until the delay time (by default – 1200 seconds) expires and will attempt to transmit data to the monitoring station again starting with the primary connection.
Set delay after last communication attempt
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → DELAY LAST ATTEMPT → OK → aaapp → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; aaapp – duration of delay after last attempt, range – [0...
65535] seconds.
Enter parameter 69 and duration of delay after last attempt:
69 aaapp #
Value: aaapp – duration of delay after last attempt, range – [0... 65535] seconds.
Example: 69200#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
NOTE: 0 value disables delay after last communication attempt.
NOTE: The system is fully compatible with Kronos NET/Kronos LT/ Securithor monitoring station software for communication via GPRS or
LAN network. When using a different monitoring station software, EGR100 middleware, which is freeware and can be downloaded at www.eldesalarms.com . Alternatively, you can use ESR100 digital receiver device.
29.2.1. GPRS Network and ELAN3-ALARM
ATTENTION: Hybrid alarm control panels ESIM364 and ESIM384 were designed as GSM/GPRS panels. We do recommend to use Ethernet communicator ELAN3-ALARM for backup purposes only. ELAN3-ALARM can speed up communication and save on GSM costs, but at the same time keeping active SIM card is highly recommended for: Remote connection in case of Internet loss (power or service loss, change of network configuration etc.); Remote Firmware updates (FOTA); Additional communication channels like SMS, phone calls.
The system supports up to 3 server IP addresses for data transmission to the monitoring station via IP-based networks by GPRS network or
Ethernet connection using ELAN3-ALARM device. The supported data formats are the following:
• EGR100
• Kronos
• SIA IP
5.
6.
7.
To set up the system for data transmission via GPRS network or Ethernet using ELAN3-ALARM, please follow the basic configuration steps:
1.
2.
3.
Enable MS Mode parameter (see 30. MONITORING STATION).
Set 4-character Main Account number (see 30. MONITORING STATION). In addition, you may set the Account for up to 3 servers individually.
Set Server 1 IP address, which is a public IP address of ESR100 digital receiver, the machine running EGR100, Kronos or SIA IP-based
4. monitoring station software. In addition, you can set up to 3 server IP addresses in total.
Set Server 1 port, which is a port of ESR100 digital receiver, the machine running EGR100, Kronos or SIA IP-based monitoring station software. In addition, you may set the port for up to 3 servers individually.
Select TCP or UDP protocol for Server 1. In addition, you may select the protocol for up to 3 servers individually.
Select data format for Server 1: EGR100, Kronos or SIA IP. In addition, you may select the data format for up to 3 servers individually.
In case EGR100 is selected, set 4-digit Unit ID numbers. Unit ID number can be identical to Account number. In addition, you may set the Unit ID for up to 3 servers individually.
When using GPRS network connection, it is necessary to set up APN, user name and password provided by the GSM operator. De8.
9. pending on the GSM operator, only APN might be required to set up .
In case EGR100 is selected, for security reasons it is highly recommended to set up the 4-digit encryption key matching the 4-digit encryption key set up in EGR100 middle-ware. In case of encryption key mismatch, the data delivered by the system will be rejected by EGR100 middle-ware. By default, the encryption key is not used.
10. In case more than one server IP address is set up, you may wish to enable parallel data transmission to all IP addresses simultaneously. By default, this feature is disabled, therefore the system will switch to the next IP address (if set up and selected in the connection priority sequence) in the event of failed connection with the previous server.
For detailed step-by-step instructions on how to establish the communication between ESIM384 alarm system and EGR100 middleware, please refer to the middleware’s HELP file.
Set server IP address SMS
SMS text message content:
Server 1: ssss SETGPRS:IP:add.add.add.add
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; add.add.add.add
– server IP address.
Example: 1111 SETGPRS:IP:65.82.119.5
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
Set server port
Set DNS1 server IP address
Set DNS2 server IP address
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Menu path:
Server 1: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → SERVER IP → OK →
SERVER IP → OK → add.add. add.add → OK
Server 2: ... → SERVER2 IP → OK → SERVER IP → OK → add.add. add.add → OK
Server 3: ... → SERVER3 IP → OK → SERVER IP → OK → add.add. add.add → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; add.add.add.add
– server IP address.
Enter parameter 40 and server IP address/parameter 96, parameter number and server IP address:
Server 1: 40 add add add add #
Server 2: 96 02 add add add add #
Server 3: 96 03 add add add add #
Value: add add add add – server IP address.
Example: 40065082119005#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
SMS
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
SMS text message content:
Server 1: ssss SETGPRS:PORT:pprrt
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; pprrt – server port number, range – [1... 65535].
Example: 1111 SETGPRS:PORT:5521
Menu path:
Server 1: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → SERVER IP → SERVER
PORT → OK → pprrt → OK
Server 2: ... → SERVER2 IP → SERVER PORT → OK → pprrt → OK
Server 3: ... → SERVER3 IP → SERVER PORT → OK → pprrt → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; pprrt – server port number, range – [1... 65535].
Enter parameter 44 and server port number/parameter 96, parameter number and port number:
Server 1: 44 pprrt #
Server 2: 96 04 pprrt #
Server 3: 96 05 pprrt #
Value: pprrt – server port number, range – [1... 65535].
Example: 443365#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → GPRS SETTINGS → OK → DNS1 → OK → add. add.add. add → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; add.add.add.add
– DNS1 server IP address.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 41 and DNS1 server IP address:
41 add add add add #
Value: add add add add – DNS1 server IP address.
Example: 41065082119001#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → GPRS SETTINGS → OK → DNS2 → OK → add. add.add. add → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; add.add.add.add
– DNS2 server IP address.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
Set protocol
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 42 and DNS2 server IP address:
42 add add add add #
Value: add add add add – DNS2 server IP address .
Example: 42065082119002#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
SMS
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
SMS text message content:
Server 1: ssss SETGPRS:PROTOCOL:ptc
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; ptc – protocol, range – [TCP... UDP].
Example: 1111 SETGPRS:PROTOCOL:UDP
Menu path:
Server 1: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → SERVER IP → OK →
PROTOCOL → OK → TCP | UDP → OK
Server 2: ... → SERVER2 IP → OK → PROTOCOL → OK → TCP | UDP → OK
Server 3: ... → SERVER3 IP → OK → PROTOCOL → OK → TCP | UDP → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 43 and protocol number/parameter 96, parameter number and protocol number:
Server 1: 43 0 # - TCP | 43 1 # - UDP
Server 2: 96 06 0 # - TCP | 96 06 1 # - UDP
Server 3: 96 07 0 # - TCP | 96 07 1 # - UDP
Example: 431#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Set data format as
Kronos, EGR100 or
SIA IP
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Manage SIA IP data format parameters
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Set encryption key for EGR100 data format
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
ATTENTION: It is necessary to restart the system locally by powering down and powering up the system the system or remotely (see 34.
REMOTE SYSTEM RESTART) after changing the IP address or switching from TCP to UDP.
NOTE: Kronos NET/Kronos LT software communicates via TCP protocol, while EGR100 middle-ware v1.2 and up supports both – TCP and
UDP protocols.
By default, if the initial attempt to transmit data to the monitoring station via GPRS network or Ethernet method is unsuccessful, the system will make up to 3 additional attempts. If all attempts are unsuccessful, the system will switch to next backup connection that follows in the sequence and will attempt to transmit data until it is successfully delivered to the monitoring station.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
Set attempts
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Menu path:
Server 1: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → SERVER IP → OK → IP
ATTEMPTS → OK → att → OK
Server 2: ... → SERVER2 IP → OK → IP ATTEMPTS → OK → att → OK
Server 3: ... → SERVER3 IP → OK → IP ATTEMPTS → OK → att → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; att – number of attempts, range – [1... 255].
Enter parameter 68 and number of attempts/parameter 96, parameter number and number of attempts:
Server 1: 68 att #
Server 2: 96 08 att #
Server 3: 96 09 att #
Value: att – number of attempts, range – [01... 255].
Example: 6809#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
To report the online status, the system periodically transmits (by default – every 180 seconds) Test Event data message (ping) to the monitoring station via GPRS network or Ethernet.
Set test period EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Menu path:
Server 1: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → SERVER IP → OK → TEST
PERIOD → OK → tteessttpp → OK
Server 2: ... → SERVER2 IP → OK → TEST PERIOD → OK → tteessttpp → OK
Server 3: ... → SERVER3 IP → OK → TEST PERIOD → OK → tteessttpp → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; tteessttpp – test period, range – [0... 65535] seconds.
Enter parameter 46 and number of attempts/parameter 96, parameter number and number of attempts:
Server 1: 46 tteessttpp #
Server 2: 96 10 tteessttpp #
Server 3: 96 11 tteessttpp #
Value: tteessttpp – test period, range – [0... 65535] seconds.
Example: 46120#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
NOTE: 0 value disables test period. However, disabling the test period is HIGHLY UNRECOMMENDED.
Unit ID is a 4-digit number (By default – 0000) required to identify the alarm system unit by EGR100 middle-ware. It is RECOMMENDED to change the default Unit ID before using EGR100.
Set unit ID EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Menu path:
Server 1: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → SERVER IP → OK → UNIT
ID → OK → unid → OK
Server 2: ... → SERVER2 IP → OK → UNIT ID → OK → unid → OK
Server 3: ... → SERVER3 IP → OK → UNIT ID → OK → unid → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; unid – 4-digit unit ID number.
Enter parameter 47 and unit ID number/parameter 96, parameter number and unit
ID number:
Server 1: 47 unid #
Server 2: 96 14 unid #
Server 3: 96 15 unid #
Value: unid – 4-digit unit ID number.
Example: 472245#
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
For communication via GPRS network, the GPRS parameters provided by the GSM operator are necessary to be set up. To set those parameters, please refer to the following configuration methods.
Set APN
SMS
SMS text message content: ssss SETGPRS:APN:acc-point-name
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; acc-point-name – up to 31 character APN (Access Point
Name) provided by the GSM operator.
Example: 1111 SETGPRS:APN:internet
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Set user name
Set password
SMS
SMS text message content: ssss SETGPRS:USER:usr-name
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; usr-name – up to 31 character user name provided by the GSM operator.
Example: 1111 USER:mobileusr
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
SMS
SMS text message content: ssss SETGPRS:PSW:password
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; password – up to 31 character password provided by the GSM operator.
Example: 1111 SETGPRS:PSW:mobilepsw
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
View IP and GPRS network settings
SMS
EKB2
SMS text message content: ssss SETGPRS?
Example: 1111 SETGPRS?
Menu path:
Server IP: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → SERVER IP... SERVER 2...
3 IP → OK → SERVER IP
Server port: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → SERVER IP... SERVER
2... 3 IP → OK → SERVER PORT
DNS1: OK → iiii → OK → GPRS SETTNGS → OK → DNS1
DNS2: OK → iiii → OK → GPRS SETTNGS → OK → DNS2
Protocol: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → SERVER IP... SERVER2...
3 IP → OK → PROTOCOL
APN: OK → iiii → OK → GPRS SETTINGS → OK → APN
User name: OK → iiii → OK → GPRS SETTINGS → OK → USERS
Password: OK → iiii → OK → GPRS SETTINGS → OK → PASSWORD
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
Enable parallel data transmission
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → PARAL.DS.MODE → OK →
ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter command 96, parameter number and parameter status value:
96 01 1 #
Example: 96011#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Disable parallel data transmission
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → PARAL.DS.MODE → OK →
DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter command 96, parameter number and parameter status value:
96 01 0 #
Example: 96010#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
29.2.2. Voice Calls and SMS
The system supports up to 3 monitoring station phone numbers for communication with the alarm system by Voice Calls or SMS communication method using Ademco Contact ID or Cortex SMS data format respectively. Tel. Number 1 is mandatory, the other two can be used as backup phone numbers and are not necessary. The supported phone number formats are the following:
• International (with plus) – The phone numbers must be entered starting with plus and an international country code in the following format: +[international code][area code][local number], example for UK: +44170911XXXX1 . This format can be used when setting up the phone number by Eldes Utility .
• International (with 00) – The phone numbers must be entered starting with 00 and an international country code in the following format: 00[international code][area code][local number], example for UK: 0044170911XXXX1 . This format can be used when setting up the phone number by EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad.
• Local – The phone numbers must be entered starting with an area code in the following format: [area code][local number], example for UK: 0170911XXXX1 . This format can be used when setting up the phone number by EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad and Eldes
Utility .
To set up the system for data transmission via Voice Calls or SMS, please follow the basic configuration steps:
1. Enable MS Mode parameter (see 30. MONITORING STATION).
2. Set 4-digit Main Account number (see 30. MONITORING STATION).
3. Set Tel. Number 1... 3.
Set monitoring station phone number
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → VOICE CALLS/SMS ST → OK → TEL. NUMBER 1... 3 →
OK → ttteeellnnuumm → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits monitoring station phone number.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 26, phone number slot and phone number :
26 ps ttteeellnnuumm #
Value: ps – phone number slot, range – [01... 03]; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits monitoring station phone number.
Example: 26010044170911XXXX1#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
Delete monitoring station phone number
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → VOICE CALLS/SMS ST → OK → TEL. NUMBER 1... 3 →
OK → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
By default, if the initial attempt to transmit data to the monitoring station’s Tel Number 1 via Voice Calls or SMS method is unsuccessful, the system will make up to 2 additional attempts. After all unsuccessful attempts, the system will continue to communicate with the monitoring station by switching to the next phone number that follows in the sequence and making up to 2 additional attempts if the initial attempt was unsuccessful. If all attempts to all phone numbers are unsuccessful, the system will switch to next backup connection that follows in the sequence and will attempt to transmit data until it is successfully delivered to the monitoring station.
Set attempts EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → VOICE CALLS/SMS ST → OK → ATTEMPTS → OK → at → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; at – number of attempts, range – [1... 10].
Enter parameter 37 and number of attempts:
37 at #
Value: at – number of attempts, range – [01... 10].
Example: 3706#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Due to the individual configuration of each monitoring station, the system may fail to deliver the data message via Voice Calls communication method. In such cases it is recommended to adjust the speaker level until the optimal value is discovered, leading to successful data message delivery.
ATTENTION: When using the SMS data transmission method, the system will notify the monitoring station and the user once the SMS delivery limit is exceeded. In such case, the system will no longer be able to send out any SMS text messages neither to the monitoring station nor to the user, unless the SMS text message delivery limit is reset by the user or automatically. For more details, please refer to 27.1. SMS
Text Message Delivery Restrictions.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
29.2.3. PSTN
The system supports up to 3 monitoring station phone numbers for communication with the alarm system by PSTN communication meth od using Ademco Contact ID data format. Tel. Number 1 is mandatory, the other two can be used as backup phone numbers and are not necessary. The supported phone number formats are the following:
• International (with 00) – The phone numbers must be entered starting with 00 and an international country code in the following format: 00[international code][area code][local number], example for UK: 0044170911XXXX1 . This format can be used when setting up the phone number by EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad and Eldes Utility .
• Local – The phone numbers must be entered starting with an area code in the following format: [area code][local number], example for UK: 0170911XXXX1 . This format can be used when setting up the phone number by EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad and Eldes
Utility .
To set up the system for data transmission via PSTN, please follow the basic configuration steps:
1. Enable MS Mode parameter (see 30. MONITORING STATION).
2. Set 4-digit Main Account number (see 30. MONITORING STATION).
3. Set Tel. Number 1... 3.
Set monitoring station phone number
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → PSTN SETTINGS → OK → TEL. NUMBER 1... 3 → OK → ttteeellnnuumm → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits monitoring station phone number.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 58, phone number slot and phone number:
58 ps ttteeellnnuumm #
Value: ps – phone number slot, range – [01... 03]; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits monitoring station phone number.
Example: 58020044170911XXXX1#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Delete monitoring station phone number
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → PSTN SETTINGS → OK → TEL. NUMBER 1... 3 → OK → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
By default, if the initial attempt to transmit data to the monitoring station’s Tel Number 1 via PSTN method is unsuccessful, the system will make up to 2 additional attempts. After all unsuccessful attempts, the system will switch to the next phone number that follows in the sequence and will make up to 2 additional attempts if the initial attempt was unsuccessful. If all attempts to all phone numbers are unsuccessful, the system will switch to next backup connection that follows in the sequence and will attempt to transmit data until it is successfully delivered to the monitoring station.
Set attempts
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → PSTN SETTINGS → OK → ATTEMPTS → OK → at → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; at – number of attempts, range – [1... 10].
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 91 and number of attempts:
91 at #
Value: at – number of attempts, range – [01... 10].
Example: 9108#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Alternatively, the phone number entries can be treated as phone numbers for receiving calls in case of alarm. For more details on how this method operates, please refer to 17. ALARM INDICATIONS AND NOTIFICATIONS FOR USER.
To enable/disable this feature, please refer to the following configuration method.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
Enable/disable Treat
PSTN Call as User Call
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
29.2.4. CSD
The system supports up to 5 monitoring station phone numbers for communication with the alarm system by CSD communication method.
Tel. Number 1 is mandatory, the other four can be used as backup phone numbers and are not necessary. The supported phone number formats are the following:
• International (with plus) – The phone number must be entered starting with plus and an international country code in the following format: +[international code][area code][local number], example for UK: +44170911XXXX1 . This format can be used when setting up the phone number by Eldes Utility .
• International (with 00) – The phone number must be entered starting with 00 and an international country code in the following ž format: 00[international code][area code][local number], example for UK: 0044170911XXXX1 . This format can be used when setting up the phone number by EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad.
To set up the system for data transmission via CSD, please follow the basic configuration steps:
1. Enable MS Mode parameter (see 30. MONITORING STATION).
2. Set 4-digit Main Account number (see 30. MONITORING STATION).
3. Set Tel. Number 1... 5.
Set monitoring station phone number
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → CSD SETTINGS → OK → TEL. NUMBER 1... 5 → OK → ttteeellnnuumm → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits monitoring station phone number.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 85, number of entry and phone number:
85 ps ttteeellnnuumm #
Value: ps – phone number slot, range – [01... 05]; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits monitoring station phone number.
Example: 85010044170911XXXX1#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
Delete monitoring station phone number
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → CSD SETTINGS → OK → TEL. NUMBER 1... 5 → OK → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
By default, if the initial attempt to transmit data to the monitoring station’s phone number via CSD method is unsuccessful, the system will make up to 2 additional attempts. If all attempts are unsuccessful, the system will switch to next backup connection that follows in the sequence and will attempt to transmit data until it is successfully delivered to the monitoring station.
Set attempts EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → CSD SETTINGS → OK → ATTEMPTS → OK → at → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; at – number of attempts, range – [1... 10].
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 84 and number of attempts:
84 at #
Value: at – number of attempts, range – [01... 10].
Example: 8403#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
30. DUAL SIM MANAGEMENT
The Dual-SIM feature allows the system to operate with one of the two inserted SIM cards identified as Primary SIM and Secondary SIM respectively. The Primary SIM card works as the main default card, while the Secondary SIM card is intended for backup purposes or addition to the Primary SIM card - SMS text message sending/calling to the listed user phone number and/or communication with the monitoring station.
The Dual-SIM feature can operate in one of the following modes:
• Disabled – The Secondary SIM card will not be functional and the system operates with Primary SIM card only (by default – enabled).
• Automatic - The system switches between the SIM cards in case of a GSM connection or one of the SIM cards failure.
• Manual – Provides a fully customizable set up of switching between the SIM cards. FOR ADVANCED USERS ONLY.
Manage Dual -SIM feature
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
NOTE: Regardless of the selected mode, only one of the two SIM cards can operate at the same time.
30.1. Disabled Mode
Disabled mode is the default system mode that does not involve the Secondary SIM in the communication process. When this mode is in use, the system will ignore the Secondary SIM card even if inserted in the SIM card slot.
For more details on how the system communicates with the user and the monitoring station in Disabled mode, please refer to 17. ALARM
INDICATIONS AND NOTIFICATIONS FOR USER and 30.2. Communication respectively.
30.2. Automatic Mode
Automatic mode involves both SIM cards in the communication process. In this mode there is no Primary or Secondary SIM card hierarchy, since both cards are equal and the SIM card that is currently in use maintains the GSM connection at all time, unless a failure occurs and the other card would replace the previous one.
When one of the SIM card fails, the system attempts to re-establish a connection with it by starting an initial reconnection for a set number of attempts (by default - 3 attempts). If all attempts fail, the system will switch to the other SIM card. If the other SIM card is responsive and a GSM connection is successfully established, the system will remain operating with that SIM card until it fails. However, if the other SIM card is unresponsive or it is not present in the SIM card slot, the system will return to the previous SIM card and attempt to establish a GSM connection with it. If the system fails to carry out this action, after a single attempt it will switch to the other SIM card. This cycle continues until one of the SIM cards responds and a GSM connection is successfully established. When the SIM card fails, the system will once again attempt to restore the GSM connection for a set number of attempts (by default – 3 attempts). If all attempts fail, the cycle will continue as described previously.
In Automatic mode the priority is to transmit data to the monitoring station, but if an event, which requires the system to send an SMS text message occurs , the system will send the SMS text message via the SIM card that is currently in use. This can only be carried out under the following conditions:
• among the attempts to transmit data to the monitoring station (depending on communication method).
• while switching the monitoring station connections.
• while switching between the SIM cards.
NOTE: ELDES Cloud Services will remain operational in Automatic mode, when used.
30.3. Manual Mode
Manual mode allows to use both - Primary and Secondary SIM cards and fully customize the algorithm of the communication. The system can be set up to send SMS text messages/call to the listed user phone number and/or communicate with the monitoring station as follows:
• Primary SIM – Determines that the SMS text messages/calls/data will be transmitted via the Primary SIM card.
• Secondary SIM – Determines that the SMS text messages/calls/data will be transmitted via the Secondary SIM card.
• Currently in use SIM – Determines that the SMS text messages/calls/data will be transmitted via the SIM card that the system is currently switched to - either Primary or the Secondary SIM card.
• Return to Primary SIM Enabled – Determines that the Primary SIM card will be the main SIM card of the system. If it is set up to use the Secondary SIM in the communication process, the system will do so, but after completing the task via the Secondary SIM card, the system will always return to the Primary SIM card
• Try to find operator for a maximum of x times – Determines the maximum number of attempts the system should attempt to re-establish a GSM connection on the current SIM card in case of unsuccessful initial attempt (by default – 3 attempts).
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
In Manual mode the priority is to transmit data to the monitoring station, but if an event, which requires the system to send an SMS text message via one of the SIM cards, occurs , the system will switch to the requested SIM card and send the SMS text message. This can only be carried out under the following conditions:
• among the attempts to transmit data to the monitoring station (depending on communication method).
• while switching the monitoring station connections.
• while switching between the SIM cards.
Example: System settings are the following:
Dual SIM Management:
• Manual Mode selected
• Return to Primary SIM – Disabled.
• Send SMS / Call via – Secondary SIM.
MS Settings – Communication:
• Primary – Voice Calls via Secondary SIM.
• Backup1 – CSD via Primary SIM.
• Backup2 – GPRS Network via Primary SIM.
Let’s say, the system is configured to send an SMS text message to user phone number in case of a Fire Zone Alarm and to transmit data to the monitoring station when the system is ARMED. The system is currently switched to the Primary SIM card. The system will follow this pattern.
a) The user arms the system followed by system switching to the Secondary SIM and attempting to transmit data to the monitoring station via the Primary connection, which is Voice Calls communication method, but fails.
b) The system then switches to the Primary SIM and attempts to transmit data via Backup1 connection, which is CSD communication method, but fails again.
c) During the event described in step b), a Fire Zone Alarm occurs. The system will switch to the Secondary SIM and attempt to send the
SMS text message to the user regarding this event.
d) The system continues with the data transmission to the monitoring station by switching back to Primary SIM and attempting to transmit data via Backup2 connection, which is GPRS Network communication method, and succeeds.
e) In case of occurrence of a new event, the alarm system will switch back to the Primary connection (Voice Calls) and to the Secondary
SIM card and will attempt to transmit the data to the monitoring station.
NOTE: If the Return to Primary SIM parameter is enabled, the system would return to the Primary SIM after each data transmission.
NOTE: ELDES Cloud Services will remain operational in Manual mode, when used.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
31. WIRED DEVICES
31.1. RS485 Interface
The system comes equipped with RS485 interface used for the communication with the following devices:
• EKB2 - LCD keypad. Up to 4 units supported.
• EKB3 - LED keypad. Up to 4 units supported.
• EPGM1 - hardwired zone and PGM output expansion module. Up to 2 units.
• ELAN3-ALARM - Ethernet communicator. 1 unit supported.
The terminals of RS485 interface are Y (yellow wire) and G (green wire) terminals, which are data bus. The devices, connected to RS485 interface, must be powered from the AUX+ and AUX- terminals or by an external power supply.
For more details on RS485 device wiring, please refer to 3.2.7. RS485.
For more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at www.eldesalarms.com
31.1.1. EKB2 - LCD Keypad
Main features:
• Alarm system arming and disarming (see 12.3. EKB2 Keypad and User/Master Code).
• Arming and disarming in Stay mode (see 15. STAY MODE).
• System parameter configuration (see 5. CONFIGURATION METHODS).
• PGM output control (see 18.4. Turning PGM Outputs ON and OFF).
• System information display (see 32.1.1.1. Icons and Messages).
• Audio indication by built-in buzzer.
• Wireless device information display (see 19.2. Wireless Device Information and Signal Status Monitoring).
• Temperature display (see 32.1.1.1. Icons and Messages).
• Time display (see 32.1.1.1. Icons and Messages).
For more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at www.eldesalarms.com
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
31.1.1.1. Icons and Messages
Icon / Message
(by default - disabled)
(by default - disabled)
SERVICE MODE
Description
Partition is armed and menu is locked
Partition is disarmed and menu is unlocked
Configuration mode activated
Zone or tamper alarm in partition
Partition is ready to be armed.
Partition is not ready to be armed – one or more zones / tampers violated.
One or more system faults present
One or more violated zones bypassed
One or more partitions
STAY-armed
One or more Fire-type zones violated
Alarms in alarm log present
Service mode activated
45
Custom keypad partition title
GSM signal strength
System fault (-s) is present
Home screen view
GARAGE
KITCHEN
BEDROOM
CORRIDOR
20,2 0 C 00:45
Temperature
Digital clock
System status and alarm indication
Bypassed violated zone
(-s)
System
STAY-armed
Fire-type zone violated
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
31.1.1.2. Master and User Menu Tree
HOME SCREEN VIEW
P2 user or master code uumm part-name... part-name
ARM ALL
DISARM ALL user code uuuu
ARM/DIS PARTITION part-name... part-name
ARM ALL
DISARM ALL
BYPASS
BYP VIOLATED ZONES
Z1-zone-name...
Z144-zone-name
UNBYPASS | BYPASS
BYPASS LIST 1-5
OK mmmm master code
ARM/DIS PARTITION part-name... part-name
ARM ALL
DISARM ALL
BYPASS
BYP VIOLATED ZONES
BYPASS LIST 1-5
Z1-zone-name...
Z144-zone-name
UNBYPASS | BYPASS
Z1-zone-name... Z144-zonename
VIOLATED ZONES tamp-name... tamp-name VIOLATED TAMPERS
BATTERY DEAD/MISS | BATTERY
FAILED | SIREN FAILED | GSM CON-
NECT FAILED | GSM ANTENNA
FAILED | VIOLATED TAMPER | MAIN
POWER LOSS | DATE/TIME NOT SET |
LOW BATTERY | WLESS SIGNAL LOST
| KEYPAD LOST | CO LEVEL CRITICAL |
EWM1 FAULT | WLESS BATT LOW | RF
JAMMER DETECTED
FAULTS
Continued on next page
VIOLATED ZONES Z1-zone-name... Z144-zone-name
VIOLATED TAMPERS tamp-name... tamp-name
PGM OUTPUTS out-name out-name
STATUS
ON | OFF
EWM1
ON | OFF
REAL TIME ENERGY
TODAY ENERGY
MONTHLY ENERGY
JANUARY | FEBRUARY | MARCH
APRIL | MAY | JUNE | JULY | AU-
GUST | SEPTEMBER | OCTOBER
NOVEMBER | DECEMBER
FAULTS OVERVOLTAGE | UNDERVOLTAGE | OVER-
CURRENT | RELAY FAULT | TEMP. FAULT
RESET COUNTER YES | NO
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
yyyy-mm-dd hh-mn
1. tm.p C (PRIM) | (SEC)... 8. tm.p C
DATE/TIME SETTINGS
TEMP SENSORS INFO
ALARM LOG
Continued from previous page FAULTS BATTERY DEAD/MISS | BATTERY FAILED
| SIREN FAILED | GSM CONNECT FAILED |
GSM ANTENNA FAILED | VIOLATED
TAMPER | MAIN POWER LOSS | DATE/
TIME NOT SET | LOW BATTERY | WLESS
SIGNAL LOST | KEYPAD LOST | CO LEVEL
CRITICAL | EWM1 FAULT | WLESS BATT
LOW | RF JAMMER DETECTED
DATE/TIME SETTINGS yyyy-mm-dd hh-mn
TEMP SENSORS INFO
VIEW EVENT LOG
1. tm.p C (PRIM) | (SEC)... 8. tm.p C
CODES
MASTER CODE
CODE [0000... 9999]
PARTITION pv partition value
USER CODE (2-17)
CODE [0000... 9999]
PARTITION pv
USER CODE (18-30)
CODE [0000... 9999]
PARTITION pv
DURESS CODE
SGS CODE
N/A | USER CODE
2... 10
N/A | USER CODE 2... 10
REMOVE CODE [0000... 9999]
ALARM LOG
CONFIGURATION iiii installer code see 32.1.1.3. Installer Menu Tree
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
31.1.1.3. Installer Menu Tree
HOME SCREEN VIEW
OK installer code iiii
GSM USER 1... 10 USERS
PRIMARY SETTINGS
CALL/SMS SETTINGS
PHONE NUMBER ttteeellnnuumm 15 digits
PARTITION pv partition value
DISABLE | ENABLE
CALL IN CASE ALARM
GSM USER 1... 10 days
°C seconds minutes
CTRL FROM ANY NUM
[0000... 9999] INSTALLER CODE
[0000... 9999]
[0001... 9999] yyyy-mm-dd hh-mn
MASTER CODE
SMS PASSWORD
DATE/TIME SETTINGS
PERIODIC INFO
[0... 99] hour
FREQUENCY (DAYS)
[0... 23] TIME
°C [-55... 125]
[-55... 125]
DISABLE / ENABLE EVENT LOG
TEMP SENSORS
TEMPERATURE SENS 1... 8
TEMP. MIN
TEMP. MAX
NAME
PRIMARY TEMP SENS
SECOND. TEMP SENS
[0... 600]
[1... 10]
EXIT DELAY
PARTITION 1... 4
SIREN SETTINGS
ALARM DURATION
ZONES
ONBOARD ZONES zone-name
NAME
STATUS
TYPE
DISABLE | ENABLE
INTERIOR FOLLOWER | INSTANT | 24-
HOUR | DELAY | FIRE | PANIC/SILENT | CO
SENSOR | REPORT/CTRL | INSTANT SILENT
ENTRY DELAY [1... 65535] seconds
STAY DISABLE | ENABLE
TAMPER NAME
KEYPAD ZONES
PARTITION
FORCE pv partition value
DISABLE | ENABLE
1ST... 4TH KEYPAD ZONE
NAME
STATUS DISABLE | ENABLE
TYPE INTERIOR FOLLOWER | INSTANT | 24-
HOUR | DELAY | FIRE | PANIC/SILENT | CO
SENSOR | REPORT/CTRL | INSTANT SILENT
ENTRY DELAY [1... 65535] seconds
Continued on next page
STAY DISABLE | ENABLE
TAMPER NAME
PARTITION
FORCE pv partition value
DISABLE | ENABLE
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
DISABLE | ENABLE BELL SQUAWK
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
BELL SQUAWK STAY
SRN IF WLESS LOSS
DISABLE | ENABLE EWS2 LED
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
EWS3 FIRE LED
EWS3 ALARM LED
DISABLE | ENABLE EWF1 SIREN INTERC.
MAIN POWER STATUS seconds seconds
[0... 65535]
[0... 65535]
LOSS DELAY
RESTORE DELAY
DISABLE | ENABLE
KEYPAD PARTITION
PARTITION SWITCH
KEYPAD PARTITION
PARTITION 1... 4 [1] EKB2 | NOT USED...
[4] EKB2 | NOT USED
Continued from previous page
EPGM1 ZONES 1-8... 25-32
1... 8. EPGM1 ZONE 17... 48
NAME
STATUS
TYPE
DISABLE | ENABLE
INTERIOR FOLLOWER | INSTANT | 24-
HOUR | DELAY | FIRE | PANIC/SILENT | CO
SENSOR | REPORT/CTRL | INSTANT SILENT
ENTRY DELAY [1... 65535] seconds
STAY DISABLE | ENABLE
TAMPER NAME
PARTITION pv partition value
FORCE DISABLE | ENABLE
ATZ MODE DISABLE | ENABLE
ARM/DISARM BY ZONE
CHIME DISABLE | ENABLE
ZONE 1... 4 0 | [1... 16] 0:OFF or 1-16
PARTITION 1... 2 [1] EKB3 | NOT USED...
[4] EKB3 | NOT USED
EKB3W PARTITION
PARTITION 1... 2 EKB3W wless-id | NOT USED
GSM AUDIO
[0... 100] SPEAKER LEVEL
WIRELESS ZONES wless-dev wless-id WIRELESS DEVICES 1... 2
FW RELEASE ERROR RATE SIGNAL BATTERY
IBUTTON KEYS
NEW IBUTTON
IBUTTON 1... 16
REMOVE partition value
PARTITION pv
ID
Continued on next page
WIRELESS ZONES 1... 8 zone-name
NAME
STATUS
TYPE
DISABLE | ENABLE
INTERIOR FOLLOWER | INSTANT | 24-HOUR
| DELAY | FIRE | PANIC/SILENT | CO SENSOR |
REPORT/CTRL | INSTANT SILENT
ENTRY DELAY [1... 65535] seconds
STAY DISABLE | ENABLE
TAMPER NAME
PARTITION
FORCE pv partition value
DISABLE | ENABLE
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
GPRS SETTINGS MS SETTINGS
ACCOUNT [0000... 9999]
SMS REPORT
DISABLE | ENABLE
[0.0.0.0] DNS1
[0.0.0.0]
[1... 65535]
DNS2
LOCAL PORT
APN
SMS TO ALL
DISABLE | ENABLE
SMS MESSAGES 1
SYS ARMED EVENT
GSM USER 1... 10
DISABLE | ENABLE
SYS DISARMED EVENT
DISABLE | ENABLE SMS REPORT
DISABLE | ENABLE SMS REPORT
DISABLE | ENABLE SMS REPORT
DELAY LAST ATTEMPT
MS MODE
[0... 65535]
DISABLE | ENABLE
DATA MESSAGES 1
BURGLR ALM/REST EV
MAIN POWER L/R EV
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
ARM/DISARM EVENT
TEST EVENT
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
BATTERY FAILED DISABLE | ENABLE
BATTERY DEAD/MISS
TAMPER ALM/REST EV
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
INST SILENT EV DISABLE | ENABLE
SYSTEM STARTED EV DISABLE | ENABLE
24H ALM/REST EVENT DISABLE | ENABLE
FIRE ALM/REST EV
LOW BATTERY EVENT
TEMP HIGH EVENT
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
TEMP LOW EVENT
WLESS SIGN L/R EV
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
SMS REPORT
DISABLE | ENABLE
SMS TO ALL GSM USER 1... 10
DISABLE | ENABLE DISABLE | ENABLE
GENERAL ALARM EV
DISABLE | ENABLE GSM USER 1... 10
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
SMS TO ALL
MAIN POWER L/R EV
GSM USER 1... 10
BATTERY FAILED
GSM USER 1... 10
DISABLE | ENABLE
SMS TO ALL
SMS TO ALL
Continued on next page
DATA MESSAGES 2
DISARM DURESS EV
ARM/DARM SGS EVENT
ARM PARTIAL EV
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
SIREN FAIL/REST EV
RF JAMMER DETECTED
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
DATE/TIME NOT SET DISABLE | ENABLE
GSM CONNECT FAILED DISABLE | ENABLE
GSM ANT FAIL/REST
SYSTEM SHUTDOWN EV
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
COMM BUS FAIL/RST
GPRS CONNECT FAIL
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
ZONE BYPASS EV
CO SENS LFTIME EXC
CO LEVEL CRITICAL
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
REPORT DISABLE | ENABLE
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
DISABLE | ENABLE
BATTERY DEAD/MISS
GSM USER 1... 10
DISABLE | ENABLE SMS TO ALL
DATA MESSAGES 3
ARM/DARM EV DISABLE | ENABLE
CFG VIA REMOTE EV DISABLE | ENABLE
PA/SIL ALM/REST EV DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE SMS REPORT
LOW BATTERY EVENT
DISABLE | ENABLE GSM USER 1... 10
DISABLE | ENABLE SMS TO ALL
VOICE CALLS/SMS ST
ATTEMPTS [1... 10]
TEL. NUMBER 1... 3 ttteeellnnuumm 15 digits
DISABLE | ENABLE SMS REPORT
DISABLE | ENABLE
RF JAMMER DETECTED
GSM USER 1... 10
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
SMS TO ALL
SMS REPORT
PSTN SETTINGS
ATTEMPTS [1... 10]
TEL. NUMBER 1... 3 ttteeellnnuumm
CSD SETTINGS
ATTEMPTS [1... 10]
TEL NUMBER 1... 5 ttteeellnnuumm
IP SETTINGS
15 digits
15 digits
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
SIREN FAIL/REST EV
GSM USER 1... 10
DISABLE | ENABLE SMS TO ALL
DATE/TIME NOT SET
GSM USER 1... 10
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
SMS REPORT
SMS TO ALL
SMS REPORT
DISABLE | ENABLE SMS TO ALL
PARAL.DS.MODE
DISABLE | ENABLE
SERVER IP... SERVER2... 3 IP
ACCOUNT
UNIT ID
SERVER IP
SERVER PORT
[0.0.0.0] IP address
PROTOCOL
IP ATTEMPTS
TEST PERIOD
TCP | UDP
[0... 255]
[0... 65535] seconds
DISABLE | ENABLE
GSM CONNECT FAILED
GSM USER 1... 10
PRIMARY CONNECTION
GPRS IP1... 3 | VOICE CALLS | CSD | PSTN
| SMS | ELAN3-ALARM IP1... 3 | N/A
DISABLE | ENABLE SMS REPORT
DISABLE | ENABLE
GSM ANT FAIL/REST
GSM USER 1... 10
BACKUP CONNECTION 1... 5
GPRS IP1... 3 | VOICE CALLS | CSD | PSTN
| SMS | ELAN3-ALARM IP1... 3 | N/A
USING EPGM8 DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE SMS TO ALL
DISABLE | ENABLE SMS REPORT
DISABLE | ENABLE SMS TO ALL
DISABLE | ENABLE SMS REPORT
SERVICE MODE DISABLE | ENABLE
CLEAR TAMPER FAULT
DISABLE | ENABLE
TAMPER ALARM
GSM USER 1... 10
RESET TO DEFAULT uumm user or master code
Continued on next page
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
DISABLE | ENABLE
COMM BUS FAIL/RST
GSM USER 1... 10
DISABLE | ENABLE SMS TO ALL
DISABLE | ENABLE SMS REPORT
DISABLE | ENABLE
TEMP INFO EVENT
GSM USER 1... 10
DISABLE | ENABLE SMS TO ALL
DISABLE | ENABLE SMS REPORT
SYSTEM STARTED EV
DISABLE | ENABLE GSM USER 1... 10
DISABLE | ENABLE SMS TO ALL
DISABLE | ENABLE SMS REPORT
SMS MESSAGES 2
PERIOD INFO SMS EV
GSM USER 1... 10 DISABLE | ENABLE
SMS TO ALL DISABLE | ENABLE
SMS REPORT DISABLE | ENABLE
WLESS SIGN LOSS EV
GSM USER 1... 10 DISABLE | ENABLE
SMS TO ALL DISABLE | ENABLE
SMS REPORT DISABLE | ENABLE
FAIL TO ARM SMS
GSM USER 1... 10 DISABLE | ENABLE
SMS TO ALL DISABLE | ENABLE
SMS REPORT DISABLE | ENABLE
ZONE BYPASS EV
GSM USER 1... 10 DISABLE | ENABLE
SMS TO ALL DISABLE | ENABLE
SMS REPORT DISABLE | ENABLE
CO LEVEL CRITICAL
GSM USER 1... 10 DISABLE | ENABLE
SMS TO ALL DISABLE | ENABLE
SMS REPORT DISABLE | ENABLE
REPORT
GSM USER 1... 10 DISABLE | ENABLE
SMS TO ALL DISABLE | ENABLE
SMS REPORT DISABLE | ENABLE
WRLESS FAIL 20MIN.
GSM USER 1... 10 DISABLE | ENABLE
SMS TO ALL DISABLE | ENABLE
SMS REPORT DISABLE | ENABLE
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
31.1.2. EKB3 - LED Keypad
Main features:
• Alarm system arming and disarming (see 12.4. EKB3 Keypad and User/Master Code).
• Arming and disarming in Stay mode (see 15. STAY MODE).
• System parameter configuration (see 5. CONFIGURATION METHODS).
• PGM output control (see 18.4. Turning PGM Outputs ON and OFF).
• Visual indication by LED indicators (see 32.1.2.1. LED Functionality).
• Audio indication by built-in buzzer.
• Keypad partition switch (see 23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch).
For more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at www.eldesalarms.com
31.1.2.1. LED Functionality
(red)
INDICATION
Steady ON
Flashing
DESCRIPTION
System armed / exit delay in progress
Configuration mode activated
(green)
(orange)
Steady ON
Steady ON
Flashing
System is ready – no violated zones and/or violated tampers exist
System faults exist
Violated high-numbered zone
(orange)
Steady ON Violated zone bypassed
1-12
(red)
Steady ON Zone violated / configuration command being typed in
31.1.2.2. Keys Functionality
DESCRIPTION 46 FRONT SIDE
1st character for STAY-arming
0
1
0
9
4
1st character for violated zone bypass and bypassed zone activation
1st character for Configuration mode activation or deactivation
1st character for system fault list indication / 1st character for violated high-numbered zone indication /
1st character for violated tamper indication
Command typing
Keypad partition switch
LED indication
Steady ON: partition armed
Flashing: partition violated
Simultaneous 4-partition arming
1
4
7
*
2
5
8
0
3
6
9
#
*
Clear typed in characters
Typed in command confirmation
31.2. 1-Wire Interface
1-Wire interface is used for the system to communicate with an iButton key reader and up to 8 temperature sensors. 1-Wire interface COM and DATA terminals are ground and data respectively. When connecting single or multiple temperature sensors, the +5V terminal must be used along.
For more details on 1-Wire device wiring, please refer to 2.3.4. iButton Key Reader and Buzzer and 2.3.5. Temperature Sensor and iButton Key Reader.
31.3. Modules Interface
The system might be equipped with modules interface slots thus enabling to use one of the following devices at a time:
• EPGM8 - hardwired PGM output expansion module (for more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at www.eldesalarms.com)
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
33. SERVICE MODE
The system comes equipped with Service mode allowing to carry out system maintenance tasks, such as detection device replacement, tamper switch installation, wireless device battery replacement without causing zone or tamper alarm when Service mode is activated. To activate/deactivate Service mode, please refer to the following configuration methods:
Activate Service mode
SMS
SMS text message content: ssss SERVICEMODE:ON
Value: ssss - 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111 SERVICEMODE:ON
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → SERVICE MODE → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 67 and parameter status value:
67 1 #
Example: 671#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Deactivate Service mode
SMS
EKB2
SMS text message content: ssss SERVICEMODE:OFF
Value: ssss - 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111 SERVICEMODE:OFF
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → SERVICE MODE → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W/
EWKB4
Enter parameter 67 and parameter status value:
67 0 #
Example: 670#
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
NOTE: Alternatively, the Service mode automatically deactivates when 1-hour timeout period expires or after arming the system.
34. REMOTE SYSTEM RESTART
In some critical situations, a system restart may be required. To remotely carry out system restart, please refer to the following configuration method.
Restart the system
SMS
SMS text message content: ssss RESET
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111 RESET
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
35. ELDES CLOUD SERVICES
ELDES Cloud Services is a cloud-based platform providing a user-friendly graphical interface intended for system status monitoring and control:
• Arm/disarm the system
• View system faults and alerts
• Monitoring temperature, GSM signal strength and backup battery level (these last two features are available for Administrator only).
• Control electrical appliance connected to the PGM outputs
The connection with the platform can be established via GPRS network and can be ac cessed via smartphone application Eldes Security, developed for Android and iOS-based devices (iPhone, iPad).
In order to start using ELDES Cloud Services, please enable it using the following configuration methods.
Enable ELDES Cloud
Services
SMS
SMS text message content: ssss SMART:ON
Value: ssss - 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111 SMART:ON
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
To begin using new Eldes Security app, you will have to visit Google Play store (Android) or App Store (iOS) and download the application (or update it to the latest version!), install the application on your smartphone, launch the app (open it) and sign in or create your new personal account. Then log in to your ELDES Cloud Services account and add a device by following the step-by-step instructions provided on our website www.eldesalarms.com When adding the device to your account, you will be prompted for ELDES Cloud Services ID, which can be obtained using Eldes Utility software or by sending the following SMS text message to the system’s phone number.
Request for ELDES
Cloud Services ID
SMS
SMS text message content: ssss SMART ID
Value: ssss - 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111 SMART ID
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
To disable ELDES Cloud Services, please refer to the following configuration methods.
Disable ELDES Cloud
Services
SMS
SMS text message content: ssss SMART:OFF
Value: ssss - 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111 SMART:OFF
Eldes
Utility
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility .
ATTENTION: In case you DO NOT wish to use ELDES Cloud Services and your device is not associated with any ELDES Cloud Services account, please DO NOT leave ELDES Cloud Services enabled. Otherwise additional charges may apply for data traffic based on your cell phone service plan.
NOTE: Additional charges may apply for data traffic based on your cell phone service plan when using ELDES Cloud Services platform.
NOTE: ELDES Cloud Services platform will remain operational even when using Automatic or Manual dual-SIM modes.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
36. TECHNICAL SUPPORT
36.1. Troubleshooting
Indication
Indicator STAT is off
Indicator NETW is off or flashing
System does not send any SMS text messages and/or does not ring
Received SMS text message “Wrong syntax”
Missing temperature indication in Info SMS text message/EKB2 keypad
24H and/or Fire zones do not work
Possible reason
· No mains power
· Wiring done improperly
· Blown fuse
· Missing SIM card
· PIN code is enabled
· SIM card is inactive
· Disconnected antenna
· GSM network signal too weak
· GSM network unavailable
· Microcontroller is not started due to electrical mains noise or static discharge
· SIM card credit balance depleted
· Incorrect SMS centre phone number
· No GSM network signal
· User number is not added (or function “system’s remote connection from any phone number” is disabled)
· SIM card changed before disconnecting main power supply or backup battery
· Incorrect SMS text message structure
· Extra space character might be typed in SMS text message
· Temperature sensor not connected
· Temperature sensor broken
· Connection wires too long
· Specified zone must be enabled by SMS, Eldes Utility , EKB2, EKB3 or EKB3W/
EWKB4
For product warranty repair service please , contact your local retail store where this product was purchased.
If your problem could not be fixed by the self-guide above, please contact your local distributor. More up to date information about your device and other products can be found at the manufacturer’s website www.eldesalarms.com
36.2. Restoring Default Parameters
1. Disconnect the power supply and backup battery.
2. Short circuit (connect) DEF pins.
3. Power up the device for 7 seconds.
4. Power down the device.
5. Remove short circuit from DEF pins.
6. Parameters restored to default.
36.3. Updating the Firmware via USB Cable Locally
1. Disconnect the power supply and backup battery.
2. Short circuit (connect) DEF pins.
3. Connect the device via USB cable to the PC.
4. The new window must pop-up where you will find the .bin file. Otherwise open My Computer and look for Boot Disk drive.
5. Delete the .bin file found in the drive.
6. Copy the new firmware .bin file to the very same window.
7. Power down the device.
8. Unplug USB cable.
9. Remove short circuit from DEF pins.
10. Power up the device.
11. Firmware updated.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
36.4. Updating Firmware via GPRS Connection Remotely
ATTENTION: The system will NOT transmit any data to monitoring station while updating the firmware remotely via GPRS network. All data messages will be lost and will NOT be transmitted to the monitoring station after the firmware upgrade process is over.
Before updating the firmware remotely via GPRS connection, make sure that:
• SIM card is inserted into SIM CARD1 slot of ESIM384 device (see 2.2. Main Unit, LED and Connector Functionality).
• Mobile internet service (GPRS) is enabled on the SIM card.
• Power supply is connected to ESIM384.
• Default SMS password is changed to a new 4-digit password (see 6. SMS PASSWORD AND INSTALLER CODE).
• At least User 1 phone number is set up (see 8. USER PHONE NUMBERS).
• APN, user name and password are set up (see 30.2.1. GPRS Network and ELAN3-ALARM).
Initiate FOTA
ESIM384 alarm system supports FOTA (firmware-over-the-air) feature. This allows to upgrade the firmware remotely via GPRS connection. Once the upgrade process is initiated, the system connects to the specified FTP server address where the firmware file is hosted and begins downloading and re-flashing the firmware. The firmware file must be located in a folder titled firmware (folder’s title MUST be written in non-capital letters). In order to initiate the upgrade process, please send the following SMS message.
SMS
SMS text message content: ssss FOTA
Value: ssss - 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111 FOTA
Notice that latest firmware file can be obtained from www.eldesalarms.com
ATTENTION: Firmware filename MUST be renamed in lowercase format before using it.
ATTENTION: Comma and underscore character is NOT allowed to use in user name, password and firmware file name.
36.5. Frequently Asked Questions
Question
1. Can ESIM384 operate as standalone device without SIM card inserted?
2. I am unable to arm the alarm system when one of the zones (some zones) is violated. Is there a way to arm the alarm system while the zone is violated?
3. When ESIM384 fully powers down my configuration becomes lost and I have to re-configure the device again.
What’s wrong?
4. I have a smoke detector connected to ESIM384 system.
How do I reset the smoke detector when the “Fire” zone is violated?
5. What happens if I switch backup battery pole terminals places?
6. How do I disable SMS reports and calls in case of tamper violation when alarm system is disarmed?
Answer
Yes, ESIM384 device can fully operate without any SIM card inserted. In this case you will not be able to configure and control the device by SMS and calls nor to receive any SMS reports and calls.
Due to security reasons it is recommended to restore the violated zone (-s) before arming the alarm system. However, you can enable a Force attribute or use the Bypass feature in order to arm the alarm system despite the violated zone (-s) being present. Please, refer to 14.5. Zone Type Definitions and
14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones.
This might have happened due to the jumper left on DEF pins or it is a hardware failure. Please, remove the jumper if it is present on DEF pins or contact your supplier for warranty service.
If the smoke detector is connected to one of the ESIM384 PGM outputs you can reset it by turning the PGM output OFF and then back ON. This can be performed by SMS, EKB2 keypad, EKB3 keypad, EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad and Eldes Utility . Please, refer to 18.4. Turning PGM Outputs ON and
OFF.
Switching backup battery pole terminals places is forbidden. Otherwise this will lead to blown fuse and ESIM384 alarm system will have to be repaired.
The SMS reports on tamper violation can be disabled by EKB2, EKB3, EKB3W/
EWKB4 keypads or Eldes Utility . For more details, please refer to 16. TAM-
PERS or to the software’s HELP section. However, due to security reasons it is not recommended to disable this feature.
7. Is any additional configuration necessary when connecting EPGM1 module after wiring is done according to
EPGM1 user manual?
No additional configuration is required in order to make EPGM1 module operational.
8. Does the number of EPGM1 zones duplicate when ATZ mode is activated in the system?
No, the number of EPGM1 zones does not duplicate in ATZ mode as EPGM1 module does not support ATZ mode. Only ESIM384 on-board zones duplicate in ATZ mode.
9. I connect the wired siren to ESIM384 and I hear a silent sound alarm even when the alarm system is disarmed.
In case of alarm system alarm the siren provides a loud sound alarm as it should. Why?
Please, connect the resistor of 3,3 kΩ nominal to the BELL- / BELL+ contacts
This should solve the problem.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
Question
10. The buzzer remains active when I disarm the alarm system using the keypad. Why?
11. One of wireless devices connected to ESIM384 system sends a tamper alarm from time to time, although no tamper was violated. Why?
12. I have connected a wired magnetic door sensor, but I receive tamper alarm instead of zone alarm. What’s wrong?
13. I disconnected the backup battery, but did not receive any SMS report on this event. How do I enable SMS report on backup battery disconnection?
14. I have set zone names and/or PGM output names containing some Cyrillic and/or non-English characters.
The zone names and PGM output names do not fully fit in the SMS message. What‘s wrong?
15. I am unable to run in Windows. Why?
Eldes Utility - I receive error messages
Answer
The buzzer is intended for iButton indication only and it is not related to disarming process by keypad.
This happens due to wireless connection loss. There might be several reasons:
1. ELDES wireless device is installed too close or too far from ESIM384 system.
2. Interference of other electronic equipment.
3. Physical interference (building walls, floors etc.)
4. Metal material interference.
This happens due to incorrect resistor connection. Please, refer to corresponding connection circuit according to the selected zone connection type
(Type 1 – 5). See 2.3.2 Zone Connection Types for more details.
By default, this notification is enabled. The system checks the backup battery resistance once a day and sends an SMS report to User 1 on backup battery replacement if more than 2Ω resistance is detected. For more details, please refer to 21. BACKUP BATTERY, Mains power STATUS MONITORING AND
MEMORY.
According to GSM standards 1 SMS text message may consist of up to 160
Latin alphabet/English characters maximum. If the message contains at least one non-latin/non-English character, the length of SMS message becomes at least half shorter, since those characters occupy more size of the
SMS text message than the Latin ones. It is recommended not to use any non-Latin/ non-English characters in zone names and PGM output names.
Microsoft .NET Framework v3.5 is not installed in Windows system. Please, download this package from official Microsoft website free of charge and install it to your Windows system. Also, if you are using our new Eldes Utility software, you need to check the Open GL version that is used on your PC.
The Open GL version must be v2.0 or higher.
16. Info SMS report comes with wrong date and time. How do I correct it?
17. I receive an error message when attempting to configure the device or update the firmware remotely. What’s wrong?
18. I waited for at least 5 minutes, but did not receive any
SMS message confirming that remote configuration via
GPRS connection has stopped. What‘s wrong?
19. The SMS password is changed and I have User 1 phone number added. However, whenever I send a text message, such as ssss INFO the system always replies with
„Wrong password“. What‘s wrong?
Please, set the correct system date and time using either Eldes Utility , EKB2,
EKB3, EKB3W/EWKB4 or SMS text message.
It appears that the device is unable to establish a communication with configuration / FTP server. Please, check the GPRS settings in ESIM384 configuration (APN, user name, password), the location of the firmware file
(must be located in the FTP server folder titled Firmware) and the mobile internet feature presence on the SIM card used with ESIM384. If this does not solve the problem, please contact your GSM operator (and ISP - for remote configuration problems) in order to request a list of blocked TCP ports.
1. Send the
2. In ssss endconfig
Eldes Utility
SMS text message.
press Disconnect button and repeat the procedure as described in 5.4.1. Remote Connection.
Most likely you have wrong character encoding set up in your SMS text messaging settings on your smart-phone. Please, ensure that you have GSM
Alphabet selected, NOT Unicode or any other type of character encoding.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
37. RELATED PRODUCTS
EKB2 - LCD keypad EKB3 - LED keypad
ME1 - metal cabinet
EPGM8 - hardwired PGM output expansion module
EPGM1 - hardwired zone and PGM output expansion module
DS1990A-F5 - iButton key
DS18S20 - temperature sensor
ED1T - plastic enclosure with iButton key reader and temperature sensor
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EWS2 - wireless external siren
EWF1 - wireless smoke detector
EWF1CO – wireless smoke and CO detector
EKB3W/EWKB4 – wireless LED keypad
EWK2 - wireless keyfob
EWD2 - wireless door contact/shock sensor/flood sensor EWS3 - wireless indoor siren
EWR2 - wireless signal repeater
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EWD3 - wireless door contact/shock sensor/flood sensor
EN
EW2 - wireless zone and PGM output expansion module EWK2A - wireless keyfob
EWP2/EWP3 - wireless motion detector Vinson DS18B20 - digital thermometer with 3m (9.84ft) wire
ESR100 - digital receiver
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
38. GLOSSARY – APPENDIX 1
TERM
AC
Actuator
Alarm Log
Ampere (A)
Arming/Disarming
Backup battery
Bell squawk
Bypass/Activate Zone
Circuit
Confirmation timeout
Current
DC
Diagnostic Tool
Eldes Cloud Services
Entry Delay
Event Log
Exit Delay
Fault
Fuse iButton key
Input
DESCRIPTION
Alternating current is an electric current that reverses its direction of flow at regular intervals.
A mechanism of the switch or switch enclosure that operates the contacts.
Contains information about alarms that are currently active on the system or information about alarms that have been raised and then resolved on the system. This log can be useful in analyzing problems and trends in the system.
The electrical rate of flow in a circuit.
A process of enabling/disabling system's security.
The secondary power source of the system. In case of a main power failure, the backup battery will take over.
If enabled, the siren/bell indicates the completed system arming and disarming process (except the arming in STAY mode). After the system is successfully armed, the siren/bell will emit 2 short beeps and 1 long beep after the system is disarmed. By default, the parameter is disabled.
Zone bypassing allows the user to deactivate a violated zone and arm the system without restoring the zone. If a bypassed zone is violated or restored during exit/entry delay, or when then system is armed, it will be ignored. The zone will remain bypassed until the system is disarmed. Zones can only be bypassed and activated when the system is not armed.
A complete path, or closed loop, that electricity requires to flow and do work.
Specifies the time in which a cross zone must be violated that the system could confirm alarm on the associated zone.
An electrical rate of flow, measured in amperes.
Direct current is an electric current that flows in one direction.
When using Eldes Utility, you may use an additional section of functions, that allows to monitor real-time zones, view changes of peripheral devices, instantly configure necessary options, for example, enabling/disabling PGM outputs, etc.
A cloud-based platform providing a user-friendly graphical interface intended for system status monitoring and control.
Once the exit delay has expired, the system initiates the entry delay countdown if a Delay type zone is violated. The countdown is indicated by short beeps emitted by keypad buzzer and by steady beep emitted by system's buzzer. The indication is intended to advise the user that the system should be disarmed. When the user presses/touches any key on the keypad during this delay, the buzzer of the keypad will be silenced. If the system is disarmed before the entry delay expires, no alarm will be caused. Default value is 15 seconds.
A list of system events that is uploaded from the device‘s memory to the Eldes Utility software for further analysis. The system logs all information about system configuration, system actions and info messages. By default, the parameter is enabled. The event log is of FIFO (first in, first out) type that allows the system to automatically replace the oldest records with the latest ones.
A period of time intended for user to leave the secured area. The system begins the countdown after the arming process initiation.
A specific problem or error that prevents the system from working properly. The system comes equipped with self-diagnostic feature allowing to indicate the presence of any system fault by the keypad as well as by SMS text message notification to the listed user phone number.
An element or a protective mechanism, that is destroyed when excessive current flows through a circuit, thereby protecting the circuit.
A unique 64-bit ID code containing chip enclosed in a stainless steel tab usually implemented in a small plastic holder. ESIM384 system supports up to 16 iButton keys each holding a unique identity code (ID), which is used for system arming and disarming.
The voltage, current, or power applied to an electrical circuit to produce a desired result.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
TERM
Keybus
Keyfob
LED
Main Power
Master/User Code
MS mode
Normally closed (NC)
Normally open (NO)
On-board
Partition
Periodic Test Event
Peripheral device
PGM output
Ping period
Protocol
Relay
Scheduler
Service mode
SMS forward
Tamper
Transformer
DESCRIPTION
A circuit (usually 4-wire) which provides power and serial data connection between keypads and other accessories and the alarm panel.
A small security hardware device with built-in authentication used for system's security control
Stands for "Light emitting diode", defined as a solid-state light source that emits variable light, or invisible, infrared radiation.
The main power source of the system.
Allows to carry out system arming/ disarming as well as minor system configuration and control by the keypad.
is mode that enables data transmission from the ESIM384 alarm system to the monitoring station.
is a switch that passes current until actuated.
is a switch that must be actuated to pass current.
is some element that is installed and functional within a device (system).
System comes equipped with a partitioning feature that can divide the alarm system into a number of independently controlled areas identified as Partition 1 through 4, which are all supervised by one alarm system unit. Partitioning can be used in installations where shared alarm system is more practical, such as a house and a garage or within a single multi-storey building. When partitioned, each system element, like zone, user phone number, keypad, user password, iButton key and EWK2 wireless keyfob can be assigned to single or multiple partitions. The user will then be able to arm/ disarm the system partition (-s) that the zones and arm/disarm method, except EKB2 keypad, are assigned to.
Provides the following information on alarm system: date & time, status (armed/disarmed), GSM signal strength, mains power supply status, temperature value measured by primary and secondary temperature sensors (if any). The system sends this information to User 1 at the time intervals programmed into the scheduler.
A peripheral device is defined as a device, such as a keyboard, that is not part of the essential system i.e., the memory and microprocessor.
These devices are intended to be connected to the system and used.
A PGM output is a programmable output that toggles to its set up state when a specific event has occurred in the system, the scheduled weekday and time has come or if the user has initiated the
PGM output state change manually.
Sets period of time defining how often ESIM384 sends ping data packet to the Cloud Services server.
A formal specification for communicating; an IP address the special set of rules that end points in a telecommunication connection use when they communicate. Protocols exist at several levels in a telecommunication connection.
is an electromagnetic device opted for remote or automatic control that is actuated by variation in conditions of an electric circuit and that operates in turn other devices (as switches) in the same or a different circuit.
Through the use of the system's built-in clock, it is possible to schedule automatic operations such as setting and unsetting output state.
Mode that should be used when it is necessary to re-install some of the peripheral devices (to change batteries, open/close enclosure and etc.). In this mode, system does not check for tamper faults so it won't start siren alarm or send specified notifications to monitoring station or by SMS text messages to users. Service Mode can be enabled only when system is disarmed.
System can re-sent all incoming SMS messages to the specified users. It is useful if the GSM operator of the inserted SIM card sends some useful information (SIM card validation or payment account status and etc.) or it is necessary to monitor all incoming SMS messages by specified user.
The tamper circuit is a single closed loop such that a break in the loop at any point will cause a tamper alarm regardless of the system status – armed or disarmed.
A device formed by two or more windings, that are magnetically coupled to each other and provide a transfer of power electromagnetically from one winding to another.
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
TERM
Trigger
Volt
Voltage
Wireless device
Zone
DESCRIPTION
An event which causes another event or action, often initiating a signal generation or acquisition.
The unit of voltage or electromotive force
The amount of energy available to move a certain number of electrons from one point to another in an electric circuit
Devices that communicate without connecting wires or other material contacts.
Detection devices such as motion detectors and door contacts are connected to the alarm system’s zone terminals.
Zone state/status Zone status is a position of a certain zone being enabled or disabled. Meanwhile, zone state points out the condition of a certain zone, which can either be violated (i.e. In case of alarm) or restored.
39. EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 COMMANDS - APPENDIX 2
EXAMPLE COMMAND
DEFINITION
Arm the system in Stay mode
CODE
uumm
Bypass individual zone /
Activate Bypassed zone
Activate/deactivate
Configuration mode
Set master code
nn uumm#
iiii #
COMMAND
VALUE uumm – 4-digit user/ master code.
nn – zone number, range –
[01... 144]; uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
ii ii– 4-digit installer code.
1111
091111#
1470#
Set user code
Delete user code
Set Duress code
Set user/master code partition
Switch keypad partition
(EKB3/ EKB3W/EWKB4)
Arm the system/ Disarm the system and turn OFF the alarm
A)
0 vvvv 01 mmmm #
B) 63 vvvv mmmm #
(only whenConfiguration
Mode is activated).
0 mmmm us uuuuu #
A) vvvv – 4-digit existing master code; mmmm - 4-digit new master code; range -
[0000... 9999].
B) vvvv – 4-digit existing master code; mmmm – 4-digit new master code, range –
[0000... 9999].
A) 01111012222#
B) 6311112222# mmmm - 4-digit master code; us - user code slot, range -
[02... 30].
0111109#
0 mmmm us #
3 us mmmm #
User code: 5 us pv mmmm
#
Master code: 5 01 pv mmmm #
Hold the [1]... [4] key and release it after 3 short beeps
(for EKB3 keypad) ;
Hold the [1]... [2] key and release it after 3 short beeps
(for EKB3W/EWKB4 keypads) uumm us - user code slot, range -
[02... 10]; mmmm - 4-digit master code.
us - user code slot, range -
[02... 10]; mmmm - 4-digit master code.
us - user code slot, range
- [02... 30]; pv – partition value, range - [01... 15] ;mmmm
- 4-digit master code.
[1]... [4] key – partition number 1... 4 respectively.
[1]... [2] key – partition number 1... 2 respectively.
uumm – 4-digit user/ master code.
3081111#
4041111#
504081111#
2222
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
COMMAND
DEFINITION
CODE
ONLY for EKB3! - Arm all 4 partitions simultaneously/ Disarm and turn OFF the alarm in all 4 partitions simultaneously
0 uumm
Set Alarm duration 10 tt #
110000#
11it fff #
Disable Periodic Info SMS
Set Periodic Info SMS frequency and time
Disable/ Enable system’s remote connection from any phone number
Set SMS password
120 #/ 121 #
14 ssss #
Set installer code
Add user phone number
16 iiii #
17 up ttteeellnnuumm #
COMMAND
VALUE uumm – 4-digit user/ master code.
EXAMPLE
0 2222 tt – alarm duration, range –
[00... 10] minutes.
1007# it – time, range – [01... 23]; fff – frequency, range –
[00... 125] days
110000#
110412#
120 #/ 121 # ssss – 4-digit new SMS password; range –
[0001... 9999].
iiii – 4-digit new installer code; range – [0000... 9999] up – user phone number slot, range – [01... 10]; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits user phone number.
141111#
162538#
17010044170911XXXX1#
18 0 #/ 18 1 #
22#
230# / 231#
24010 #/ 24011 #
Enable/Disable Allow adding new iButton keys mode
Clear tamper fault
Disable/ Enable MS mode
Disable/Enable Burglary alarm/restore data message
Disable/Enable Mains power loss/restore data message
Disable/Enable Armed/ disarmed by user data message
Disable/Enable Test event data message
Disable/Enable Battery failed data message
Disable/Enable Battery dead or missing/battery connection restore data message
Disable/Enable Tamper alarm/restore data message
Disable/Enable Instant
Silent zone alarm/restore data message
Disable/Enable Kronos ping data message
18 0 #/ 18 1 #
22 #
230# / 231#
24010 #/ 24011 #
24020 #/ 24021 #
24030 #/ 24031 #
24040 #/ 24041 #
24050 #/ 24051 #
24060 #/ 24061 #
24070 #/ 24071 #
24080 #/ 24081 #
24090 #/ 24091 #
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
COMMAND
DEFINITION
CODE
Disable/Enable System started data message
Disable/Enable 24-Hour zone alarm/restore data message
Disable/Enable Fire zone alarm/restore data message
Disable/Enable Low battery data message
Disable/Enable Temperature risen data message
Disable/Enable Temperature fallen data message
Disable/Enable Wireless signal loss/restore data message
Disable/Enable Disarmed by user (Duress code) data message
Disable/Enable SGS code entered data message
Disable/Enable Armed by user (partial arm) data message
24100 #/ 24101 #
24130 #/ 24131 #
24140 #/ 24141 #
24150 #/ 24151 #
24160 #/ 24161 #
24170 #/ 24171 #
24180 #/ 24181 #
24190 #/ 24191 #
24200 #/ 24201 #
24210 #/ 24211 #
Disable/Enable Siren fail/ restore data message
Disable/Enable RF jammer detected/RF jamming stopped data message
24220 #/ 24221 #
24230 #/ 24231 #
24240 #/ 24241 # Disable/Enable Date/time not set data message
Disable/Enable GSM connection failed data message
Disable/Enable GSM/
GPRS antenna fail/restore data message
Disable/Enable System shutdown data message
Disable/Enable Keypad fail/ restore data message
Disable/Enable GPRS connection failed data message
Disable/Enable Zone bypassed/activated data message
Disable/Enable CO sensor lifetime exceeded data message
Disable/Enable CO level critical data message
24250 #/ 24251 #
24260 #/ 24261 #
24270 #/ 24271 #
24280 #/ 24281 #
24290 #/ 24291 #
24310 #/ 24311 #
24320 #/ 24321 #
24330 #/ 24331 #
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
COMMAND
VALUE
EXAMPLE
EN
COMMAND
DEFINITION
Disable/Enable Report/
Control zone triggered/ restored data message
Disable/Enable Armed/ disarmed in STAY mode data message
Disable/Enable Configuration via remote connection started data message
Disable/Enable Panic/
Silent zone alarm/restore data message
Disable/Enable Armed/ disarmed automatically data message
Disable/Enable SMS sending limit reached data message
Disable Arm & Disarm Notification
CODE
24340 #/ 24341 #
24350 #/ 24351 #
24360 #/ 24361 #
24370 #/ 24371 #
24380 # / 24381 #
24390 # / 24391 #
Enable Arm & Disarm Notification
Disable SMS text message in case of alarm
Enable SMS text message in case of alarm
COMMAND
VALUE
EXAMPLE
24390 # / 24391 #
System armed event
User phone number:
25 01 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 01 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 01 0 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
2502040#
System disarmed event
User phone number:
25 02 up 0 # 25 02 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously:
21 02 0 # 21 02 0 #
SMS delivery report:
25 02 0 # 55 02 0 #
System armed event
User phone number:
25 01 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 01 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 01 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
System disarmed event
User phone number:
25 02 up 1 # 25 02 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously:
21 02 1 # 21 02 0 #
SMS delivery report:
25 021 # 55 0
User phone number:
25 03 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 03 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 03 0 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
User phone number:
25 03 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 03 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 03 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
2502061#
2503060#
2503060#
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
COMMAND
DEFINITION
Disable Main power loss/ restore notification
Enable Main power loss/ restore notification
Disable Battery failed notification
Enable Battery failed notification
Disable Battery dead or missing notification
Enable Battery dead or missing notification
Disable Low battery notification
Enable Low battery notification
Disable siren fail/ restore notification
Enable siren fail/ restore notification
Disable RF jammer detected notification
CODE COMMAND
VALUE
User phone number:
25 04 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 04 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 040 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
User phone number:
2504 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21041 #
SMS delivery report:55041 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
User phone number:
25 05 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 05 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 05 0 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
User phone number:
25 05 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 05 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 05 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
User phone number:
25 06 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 06 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 060 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
User phone number:
25 06 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 06 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 06 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
User phone number:
25 07 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 07 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 07 0 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
User phone number:
25 07 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 07 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 07 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
User phone number:
25 08 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 08 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 080 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
User phone number:
25 08 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 08 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 08 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
User phone number:
25 09 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 09 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 090 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
EXAMPLE
2504030#
2504031#
2505060#
2505061#
2506070#
2506071#
2507030#
2507031#
2508030#
2508041#
2509040#
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
COMMAND
DEFINITION
Enable RF jammer detected notification
Disable Date/time not set notification
Enable Date/time not set notification
Enable GSM connection failed notification
Disable GSM connection failed notification
Enable GSM/ GPRS antenna fail/ restore notification
Disable GSM/ GPRS antenna fail/ restore notification
Disable Tamper alarm
Notification
Enable Tamper alarm
Notification
Disable Communication bus fail/restore notification
Enable Communication bus fail/restore notification
CODE COMMAND
VALUE
User phone number:
25 09 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 09 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 09 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
User phone number:
25 10 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 10 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 10 0 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
User phone number:
25 10 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 10 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 10 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
User phone number:
25 11 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 11 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 11 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
User phone number:
25 11 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 11 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 11 0 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
User phone number:
25 12 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 12 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 12 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
User phone number:
25 12 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 12 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 12 0 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
User phone number:
25 13 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 13 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 13 0 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
User phone number:
25 13 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 13 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 13 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
User phone number:
25 14 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 14 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 14 0 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
User phone number:
25 14 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 14 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 14 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
EXAMPLE
2509051#
2510080#
2510081#
2511091#
2511020#
2512031#
2512030#
2513030#
2513031#
2514030#
2514031#
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
COMMAND
DEFINITION
Disable Temperature info notification
Enable Temperature info notification
Disable System started notification
Enable System started notification
Disable Periodical info notification
Enable Periodical info notification
Disable wireless signal loss/ restore notification
Enable wireless signal loss/ restore notification
Disable Unable to arm notification
Enable Unable to arm notification
Disable Zone bypass notification
CODE COMMAND
VALUE
User phone number:
25 15 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 15 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 15 0 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
User phone number:
25 15 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 15 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 15 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
User phone number:
25 16 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 16 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 16 0 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
User phone number:
25 16 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 16 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 16 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
User phone number:
25 17 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 17 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 17 0 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
User phone number:
25 17 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 17 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 17 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
User phone number:
25 18 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 18 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 18 0 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
User phone number:
25 18 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 18 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 18 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
User phone number:
25 19 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 19 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 19 0 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
User phone number:
25 19 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 19 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 19 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
User phone number:
25 20 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 20 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 20 0 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
EXAMPLE
2515030#
2515031#
2516030#
2516031#
2517030#
2517031#
2518030#
2518031#
2519030#
2519031#
2520030#
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
COMMAND
DEFINITION
Enable Zone bypass notification
Disable CO level critical notification
Enable CO level critical notification
Disable EWM1 wireless signal loss/ restore notification
Enable EWM1 wireless signal loss/ restore notification
Disable Report/Control Zone triggered notification
Enable Report/Control Zone triggered notification
Disable Incoming SMS forwarding notification
Enable Incoming SMS forwarding notification
Disable Wireless communication failed notification
Enable Wireless communication failed notification
CODE COMMAND
VALUE
User phone number:
25 20 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 20 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 20 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
User phone number:
25 21 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 21 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 21 0 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
User phone number:
25 21 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 21 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 21 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
User phone number:
25 22 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 22 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 22 0 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
User phone number:
25 22 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 22 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 22 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
User phone number:
25 23 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 23 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 23 0 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
User phone number:
25 23 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 23 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 23 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
User phone number:
25 24 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 24 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 24 0 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
User phone number:
25 24 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 24 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 24 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
User phone number:
25 24 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 24 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 24 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
User phone number:
25 25 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 25 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 25 1 # up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
EXAMPLE
2520031#
2521030#
2521031#
2522030#
2522031#
2523030#
2523031#
2524030#
2524091#
2525080#
2525011#
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
COMMAND
DEFINITION
CODE COMMAND
VALUE
EXAMPLE
Set monitoring station phone number (for
Voice calls and SMS)
Set account (for Monitoring Station)
26 ps ttteeellnnuumm #
Main Account: 27 cccc#
Server 2 Account: 96 12 cccc#
Server 3 Account: 96 13 cccc# ps – phone number slot, range – [01... 03]; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits monitoring station phone number.
cccc – 4-digit account number.
Enable/Disable ATZ mode
Enable/Disable Bell squawk
Enable / Disable Call in case of alarm
Enable / Disable
Chime attribute
281/280 #
291# / 290#
30 us 1 #
30 us 0 #
321# / 320#
Enable/Disable EPGM8 mode 33 1#
33 0#
Set Zone for Arm-Disarm by Zone method
34 z nn # us - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Disable Arm-Disarm by Zone method
Disable/ Enable Event Log
Set attempts (for Voice
Calls and SMS)
Set server IP address
Set DNS1 server IP address
34 z 00 #
360/ 361 #
37 at #
Server 1: 40 add add add add #
Server 2: 96 02 add add add add #
Server 3: 96 03 add add add add #
41 add add add add#
26010044170911XXXX1#
278853#
281/280 #
291# / 290#
30091#
30090#
321# / 320#
331#
330#
34023# z – on-board zone slot for
Arm-Disarm by Zone method; range - [1... 4]; nn – on-board zone number, range – [01... 16].
z – on-board zone slot for
Arm-Disarm by Zone method; range - [1... 4].
34200#
360/ 361 #
3706# at – number of attempts, range – [01... 10].
add add add add – server IP address.
40065082119005#
41065082119001#
Set DNS2 server IP address 42 add add add add# add add add add – DNS1 server IP address.
add add add add – DNS2 server IP address.
42065082119002#
Set protocol
Set server port
Set test period
Server 1: 430# -
TCP / 431# - UDP
Server 2: 96060# - TCP /
96061# - UDP
Server 3: 96070# - TCP /
96071# - UDP
Server 1: 44 pprrt#
Server 2: 96 04 pprrt#
Server 3: 96 05 pprrt#
Server 1: 46 tteessttpp#
Server 2: 96 10 tteessttpp #
Server 3: 96 11 tteessttpp # pprrt – server port number, range – [1... 65535].
tteessttpp – test period, range – [0... 65535] seconds.
431#
443365#
46120#
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
COMMAND
DEFINITION
Set primary connection
CODE COMMAND
VALUE
EXAMPLE
GPRS network - Server 1 -
480#
Voice calls - 481#
CSD - 482#
PSTN - 483#
SMS - 484#
ELAN3-ALARM - Server
1 - 485#
GPRS network - Server 2 -
486#
GPRS network - Server 3 -
487#
ELAN3-ALARM - Server 2 -
488#
ELAN3-ALARM - Server 3 -
489#
501# / 500#
484#
Enable/ Disable
Interconnection
Set keypad partition
501 # / 500 #
EKB3 partition: 51 kk p#
EKB3W/EWKB4 partition:
51 kw r#
Enable/ Disable zone
Set zone type for individual zone
52 nn 1 #
52 nn 0 #
53 nn 1 # – Interior Follower
53 nn 2 # – Instant
53 nn 3 # – 24-Hour
53 nn 4 # – Delay
53 nn 5 # – Fire
53 nn 6 # – Panic/Silent
53 nn 7 # – CO Sensor
53 nn 8 # – Report/Control
53 nn 9 # – Instant Silent
Set entry delay for Delay zone 54 nn eeeee #
Enable/ Disable Stay attribute for individual zone
Set zone partition
Set monitoring station phone number (for PSTN)
Set user phone number partition
Set iButton key partition
56 nn 1 #
56 nn 0 #
57 nn pv#
58 ps ttteeellnnuumm #
59 us pv #
60 is pv # kk – EKB3 keypad slot, range
– [01... 04]; kw – EB3W keypad slot, range – [05... 08]; p – EKB3 partition number, range – [1... 4]; r – EKB3W/
EWKB4 partition number, range – [1... 2].
nn – zone number, range – [01... 144].
nn – zone number, range – [01... 144]
51062#
52151# /52150#
53125# nn – zone number, range –
[01... 144], eeeee – entry delay duration, range – [0...
9999] seconds nn – zone number, range –
[01... 144].
nn – zone number, range
– [01... 144]; pv – partition value, range - [1... 15]
5403259#
56041# /
56040#
57031# ps – phone number slot, range – [01... 03]; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits monitoring station phone number.
us – user phone number slot, range – [01... 10]; pv – partition value, range - [1... 15]
58020044170911XXXX1#
59092# is – iButton key slot, range –
[01... 16]; pv – partition value, range - [1... 15]
60057#
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
COMMAND
DEFINITION
Turn ON PGM output/ Set
PGM output status as ON
Turn OFF PGM output/ Set
PGM output status as OFF
Set date and time
Set attempts (for GPRS
Network and Elan3 Alarm)
Set delay after last communication attempt
Set mains power loss delay
Set mains power restore delay
Set exit delay
CODE
61 oo 1 #
61 oo 0 #
66 yyyy mt dd hr mn#
Server 1: 68 att#
Server 2: 96 08 att#
Server 3: 96 09 att#
69 aaapp #
70 lllll #
71 rrrrr #
72 pp ext #
Enable/ Disable Siren if
Wireless signal is lost
Enable/Disable keypad partition switch
Enable/ Disable Force attribute for individual zone
Set backup connection 1...5
Set attempts
761#
760#
771 # / 770 #
82 nn 1 #
82 nn 0 #
GPRS network - Server 1 -
83bb0#
Voice calls - 83bb1#
CSD - 83bb2#
PSTN - 83bb3#
SMS - 83bb4#
ELAN3-ALARM - Server 1 -
83bb5#
GPRS network - Server 2 -
83bb6#
GPRS network - Server 3 -
83bb7#
ELAN3-ALARM - Server 2 -
83bb8#
ELAN3-ALARM - Server 3 -
83bb9#
84 at #
Set monitoring station phone number (for CSD)
85 ps ttteeellnnuumm # at – number of attempts, range – [01... 10].
ps – phone number slot, range – [01... 05]; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits monitoring station phone number.
COMMAND
VALUE oo – PGM output number, range – [01... 48].
oo – PGM output number, range – [01... 48].
yyyy – year; mt – month, range – [01... 12]; dd – day, range – [01... 31]; hr – hours, range – [00... 23]; mn – minutes, range – [00... 59].
att – number of attempts, range – [01... 255]
EXAMPLE
61031#
61030#
66201405291235#
6809# aaapp – duration of delay after last attempt, range –
[0... 65535] seconds.
lllll – mains power loss delay duration, range -
[0... 65535] seconds.
rrrrr – mains power restore delay duration, range -
[0... 65535] seconds.
pp – partition number, range
– [01... 04], ext – exit delay duration, range – [0... 600] seconds.
.
69200#
7043#
71150#
7203259#
761# /
760#
771 # / 770 # nn – zone number, range – [01... 144] bb - backup connection slot, range - [01... 05].
82061# /
82060#
83024#
8403#
85010044170911XXXX1#
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
COMMAND
DEFINITION
CODE
Enable/ disable EWS2
LED indication
Set primary temperature sensor
Enable EWS3 LED indication
881# / 880#
89 ts #
Burglary/24-hour/tamper alarm LED: 941#
Fire alarm LED:931#
Disable EWS3 LED indication Burglary/24-hour/tamper alarm LED: 940#
Fire alarm LED:930#
COMMAND
VALUE
EXAMPLE
881# / 880# ts – temperature sensor slot, range - [01... 08].
8903#
931#
940#
40. SMS COMMANDS - APPENDIX 3
THEME
SMS PASSWORD:
Set SMS password
USER PHONE NUMBERS:
Add user phone number
View user phone number
Delete user phone number
1111 NR1:+4417091111111
1111 HELPNR
1111 NR2:DEL
Enable system’s remote connection from any phone number 1111 STR:ON
Disable system’s remote connection from any phone number
1111 STR:OFF
DATE AND TIME:
Set date and time iBUTTON KEYS:
1111 2014.03.16 14:33
Enable allow adding new iButton keys mode
Disable allow adding new Ibutton keys mode
Remove all iButton keys from the system
ARMING AND DISARMING:
Arm the system
SMS EXAMPLE
0000 PSW 1111
1111 IBPROG:ON
1111 IBPROG:OFF
1111 RESETIB
1111 ARM1
1111 DISARM1,2,4 Disarm the system
EXIT AND ENTRY DELAY:
Set exit delay
Set entry delay for delay zone
ZONES:
1111 EXITDELAY:1,20;3,43
1111 ENTRYDELAY:1,25;54,14;12,20
Set zone name
View zone names
Disable zone
Enable zone
ALARM INDICATIONS AND NOTIFICATIONS:
1111 Z3:Door sensor triggered
1111 STATUS
1111 Z13:OFF
1111 Z6:ON
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
THEME
View violated zones
PROGRAMMABLE (PGM) OUTPUTS:
Set PGM output name
View PGM output names
Turn on PGM output/ Set PGM output start up state as on
Turn off PGM output/ Set PGM output start up state as off
Turn on PGM output for time period
Turn off PGM output for time period
WIRELESS DEVICES:
Pair wireless device with the system
Remove wireless device from the system
Replace wireless device
View wireless device information
View available wireless device slots
SIREN/BELL:
Set alarm duration
View alarm duration
TEMPERATURE SENSORS:
View real-time temperature values of individual temperature sensor
View real-time temperature values of all temperature sensors
Set primary temperature sensor
Set secondary temperature sensor
View primary and secondary temperature sensor slot number
View primary and secondary temperature sensor real-time temperature values
Set MIN and MAX temperature boundaries
View MIN and MAX temperature boundaries
Set temperature sensor name
View temperature sensor name
Delete temperature sensor name
SYSTEM INFORMATION. INFO SMS:
Request for system information
Set periodic info SMS frequency and time
Disable periodic info SMS
SMSC (short message service center) phone number
MONITORING STATION:
SMS EXAMPLE
1111 INFO
1111 C2:Lights
1111 STATUS
1111 Lights:ON
1111 C2:OFF
1111 C4:ON:10.15.35
1111 Lights:OFF:00.00.23
1111 SET:5353185D
11111 DEL:5353185D
1111 REP:5353185D<41286652
1111 RFINFO:5353185D
1111 STATUS FREE
1111 SIREN:4
1111 SIREN
1111 ITEMP:4
1111 ITEMP:?
1111 TEMPI:PRIM:4
1111 TEMPI:SEC:3
1111 TEMPI:?
1111 INFO
1111 TEMP2:MIN:-5,MAX:28
1111 TEMP4
1111 TEMP3:NAME:Warehouse
1111 TEMP3
1111 TEMP2:NAME:
1111 INFO
1111 INFO:3.15
1111 INFO:00.00
1111 SMS +4417031111111
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
THEME
Enable MS mode
Disable MS mode
Set server IP address
Set server port
Set protocol
Set APN
Set user name
Set password
View IP and GPRS network settings
SERVICE MODE:
Activate service mode
Deactivate service mode
REMOTE SYSTEM RESTART:
Restart the system
TECHNICAL SUPPORT:
Initiate FOTA
REMOTE CONFIG:
Start Remote Config
End Remote Config
Start Remote Config via ELAN
CLOUD SERVICES:
Cloud Services ID
Cloud Services settings – Smart On/Off, server, port, ping
SMS EXAMPLE
1111 SCNSET:ON
1111 SCNSET:OFF
1111 SETGPRS:IP:65.82.119.5
1111 SETGPRS:PORT:5521
1111 SETGPRS:PROTOCOL:UDP
1111 SETGPRS:APN:internet
1111 SETGPRS:USER:mobileusr
1111 SETGPRS:PSW:mobilepsw
1111 SETGPRS?
1111 SERVICEMODE:ON
1111 SERVICEMODE:OFF
1111 RESET
1111 FOTA
1111 STCONFIG
1111 ENDCONFIG
1111 STCONFIG:ELAN
1111 SMART ID
1111 SMART:ON,ss.eldes.lt,8082,180
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
41. RADIO SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND SIGNAL PENETRATION - APPENDIX 4
WHAT YOU MUST KNOW BEFORE INSTALLING THE SYSTEM
Radio signals are electromagnetic waves, hence the signal becomes weaker the further it travels, the range is limited.
100
80
60
40
20
0
The following material shows theoretically evaluated relation between radio signal strength and the distance among devices.
The radio coverage is further decreased by specific materials:
Material
Wood, plaster, glass uncoated, without metal
Brick, press board
Ferro concrete
Metal, aluminium lining
Range reduction vs LoS*
0 - 10 %
5 - 35 %
10 - 90 %
see chapter “How to prop- erly install the system”
* LoS (Short for “line of sight”) - a term being used in Radio frequency technologies to describe an unobstructed path between the location of the signal transmitter and the location of the signal receiver.
The following should be accepted as suggestions and evaluated while installing your system:
• During the night time, when there is no movement at all, wireless signal level can decrease up to 17%.
• Furniture and movement can increase or decrease signal level by approximately up to 20%.
So, that means the sensor’s signal level can decrease up to about 37% or even increase slightly, depending on individual environmental factors.
Spread of radio signal within a building:
Signal
Strength high
Base station
Sender low
20 m
HOW TO PROPERLY INSTALL THE SYSTEM:
NOTE: It is HIGHLY RECOMMENDED to install your system with the Service Mode enabled (using Eldes Utility software). This installation method will ensure a better protection against variable environmental factors ( the number of people moving throughout the secured area, material obstacles, etc.).
• Clear RF path of obstructions - Make sure the RF path is clear of obstructions. Antennas should be installed where they can “see” each other as much as possible. Make sure the antennas are high enough above any obstructions in the RF path.
• Pay attention to antenna alignment - Make sure the antennas are aligned correctly. In order to get the best result, you should mount your sensor according to their own manual’s instruction, which you’ll find at eldesalarms.com
• Know you overall system gain required to meet the distance. The more the distance between the radios, the more the overall system gain needs to be. If the signal level between the system and your wireless device is equal or lower than 30%, then you must additionally
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
use wireless signal repeater (EWR2).
• The longer the antenna cable and the more the number of connections, the more the signal loss. Please be aware that if you use antenna’s extension cord or/and any other additional elements of wiring (cables,wires, etc.),then more antenna gain will be lost.
• We recommend that the best place for Alarm System installation is at the approximately estimated centre of all mounted Wireless devices across your premises (house/flat), and it’s not necessarily the centre of a room itself,i.e. positioning basically depends on the total of the secured area. For a better visual perception, see the following picture:
Wall Wall
Wall
Wall
Wall
Wall
Wireless device
Wall
Wireless device
Wall
Alarm
System
Alarm
System
• The angle at which the transmitted signal hits the wall is very important. The effective wall thickness – and with it the signal attenuation
– varies according to this angle. Signals should be transmitted as directly as possible through the wall.
Wall Alarm
System
Wireless device
Wall
• When using devices with an internal receiving antenna, the device should not be installed on the same side of the wall as the transmitter. Near a wall, the radio waves are likely to be subject to interfering dispersions or reflections. Consequently, the position of the antenna has to be on the opposite or connecting wall.
Wall
Alarm
System
Wireless device
Wall
• When using Alarm System with an external antenna, the ideal antenna installation place is a central location in the room. Where possible the antenna should be at least 10 – 15 cm away from the wall corner or concrete ceiling.
Ceiling
Min. 0,5 m
Intermediate ceiling
Antenna holding
Antenna
Min.
0,1 m
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
• Wrong antenna mounting by the ceiling:
Ceiling Ceiling
• Massive objects made of metal, such as metallic separation walls and metal inserted ceilings, massive wall reinforcements and the metal foil of heat insulations, reflect electromagnetic waves and thus create what is known as radio shadow. However singularized small metal studs, e.g. the metal studs of a gypsum dry wall, don’t show a recognizable screening.
• Internal antenna, mounted on metal surfaces (typically 30% loss of range)
• Using any type of antenna inside metallic frames (typically 30% loss of range)
Wireless device
Antenna
Wireless device
0.5 m to 30 m
(1.64 to 98.43ft) inside the building
Wireless device
0.5 m to 150 m
(1.64 to 492.13ft)
in open areas
ESIM384
Recommended installation:
• face the front side of the wireless device towards the antenna
• keep the distance: 0,5 to 30m
(1.64 to 98.43ft) inside the building, 0,5 to 150m (1.64 to
492.13ft) in open areas
• Keep the distance of at least 20cm (7.87in) or more between your wireless device/Alarm System and the metal box/metal sheet or any object of this material:
>20 cm
Metal box or any metal
ESIM384
• Metal separation walls: It can be noticed that radio transmission even works with metal indoor separation walls. This happens through reflections: Walls made of metal or concrete reflect the electromagnetic waves. The radio waves reach the next room or floor via a non metallic opening.
Wall
Metal sheet
Alarm
System
Wireless device
Wall
ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.5
EN
Made in the European Union www.eldesalarms.com
advertisement
* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project
Related manuals
advertisement
Table of contents
- 8 1. GENERAL INFORMATION
- 8 1.1. Functionality
- 8 1.2. Compatible Device Overview
- 8 1.3. Default Parameters and Ways of Parameter Configuration
- 16 2. Technical Specifications
- 16 2.1. Electrical and Mechanical Characteristics
- 17 2.2. Main Unit, LED Indicator and Connector Functionality
- 18 2.3. Wiring Diagrams
- 24 3. INSTALLATION
- 28 4. GENERAL OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION
- 29 5. CONFIGURATION METHODS
- 29 5.1. SMS Text Messages
- 29 5.2. EKB2 LCD Keypad
- 30 5.3. EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 LED Keypads
- 30 5.4. Eldes Utility
- 31 5.5. System configuration by USB cable
- 32 6. SMS PASSWORD AND INSTALLER CODE
- 33 7. SYSTEM LANGUAGE
- 34 8. USER PHONE NUMBERS
- 35 8.1. User Phone Number Names
- 35 8.2. Initiate system’s remote connection from any phone number
- 36 9. DATE AND TIME
- 36 9.1. Automatic Date and Time Synchronization
- 38 10. MASTER AND USER CODES
- 40 10.1. Master and User Code Names
- 41 11. IBUTTON KEYS
- 41 11.1. Adding and Removing iButton Keys
- 42 11.2. iButton Key Names
- 43 12. ARMING AND DISARMING
- 44 12.1. Free of Charge Phone Call
- 44 12.2. SMS Text Message
- 45 12.3. EKB2 Keypad and User/Master Code
- 47 12.4. EKB3 Keypad and User/Master Code
- 49 12.5. EKB3W/EWKB4 Keypads and User/Master Code
- 51 12.6. iButton Key
- 52 12.7. EWK2 Wireless Keyfob
- 53 12.8. Arm-Disarm by Zone
- 53 12.9. Automatic Arm/Disarm by Scheduler
- 53 12.10. Disabling and Enabling Arm/Disarm Notifications
- 55 13. EXIT AND ENTRY DELAY
- 57 14. ZONES
- 57 14.1. Zone Numbering
- 57 14.2. Zone Expansion
- 57 14.3. 8-Zone Mode
- 58 14.4. ATZ (Advanced Technology Zone) Mode
- 58 14.5. Zone Type Definitions
- 59 14.6. Zone Attributes
- 63 14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones
- 63 14.8. Zone Names
- 64 14.9. Disabling and Enabling Zones
- 65 14.10. Viewing Zone State
- 66 15. STAY MODE
- 67 16. TAMPERS
- 68 16.1. Tamper Names
- 69 17. ALARM INDICATIONS AND NOTIFICATIONS FOR USER
- 70 17.1. Enabling and Disabling Alarm Notifications
- 72 17.2. Audio Files and Introduction Audio
- 73 18. PROGRAMMABLE (PGM) OUTPUTS
- 73 18.1. PGM Output Numbering
- 73 18.2. PGM Output Type
- 73 18.3. PGM Output control options